Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Testing and Training Activities Conducted in the Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range in the Gulf of Mexico, 61372-61409 [2017-27580]
Download as PDF
61372
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 218
[Docket No. 170831846–7846–01]
RIN 0648–BH21
Taking and Importing Marine
Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals
Incidental to Testing and Training
Activities Conducted in the Eglin Gulf
Test and Training Range in the Gulf of
Mexico
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule: request for
comments
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from the United States Air Force
(USAF), 96th Civil Engineer Group/
Environmental Planning Office (96 CEG/
CEIEA) at Eglin Air Force Base
(hereafter referred to as Eglin AFB) for
authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to conducting testing and
training activities in the Eglin Gulf Test
and Training Range (EGTTR) in the Gulf
of Mexico over the course of five years,
from February 4, 2018 to February 3,
2023. Pursuant to regulations
implementing the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
proposing regulations to govern that
take, and requests comments on the
proposed regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than January 26,
2018.
ADDRESSES:
You may submit comments on this
document by either of the following
methods:
• Federal e-Rulemaking Portal: Go to
www.regulations.gov, enter 0648–BH21
in the ‘‘Search’’ box, click the
‘‘Comment Now!’’ icon, complete the
required fields, and enter or attach your
comments.
• Mail: Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 EastWest Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft
Word or Excel or Adobe PDF file
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
formats only. To help NMFS process
and review comments more efficiently,
please use only one method to submit
comments. All comments received are a
part of the public record and will
generally be posted on
www.regulations.gov without change.
All personal identifying information
(e.g., name, address) voluntarily
submitted by the commenter may be
publicly accessible. Do not submit
confidential business information or
otherwise sensitive or protected
information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Robert Pauline, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8408.
Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list
of the references cited in this document,
may be obtained online at:
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental/military.htm. In case of
problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Purpose and Need for Regulatory
Action
This proposed rule, to be issued
under the authority of the MMPA,
would establish a framework for
authorizing the take of marine mammals
incidental to military aircraft testing and
training activities at EGTTR. We
received an application from Eglin AFB
requesting 5-year regulations and
authorization for the take by Level A
and Level B harassment of two marine
mammal species. The regulations would
be valid from February 4, 2018, through
February 3, 2023. Please see
Background below for definitions of
Level A and Level B harassment.
Legal Authority for the Proposed Action
Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA (16
U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(A) directs the
Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region for up to five years
if, after notice and public comment, the
agency makes certain findings and
issues regulations that set forth
permissible methods of taking pursuant
to that activity, as well as monitoring
and reporting requirements. Section
101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA and the
implementing regulations at 50 CFR part
216, subpart I provide the legal basis for
issuing this proposed rule containing
five-year regulations, and for any
subsequent Letters of Authorization
(LOA) issued pursuant to those
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
regulations. As directed by this legal
authority, this proposed rule contains
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
requirements.
The National Defense Authorization
Act for Fiscal Year 2004 (Section 319,
Public Law 108–136, November 24,
2003) (NDAA of 2004) removed the
‘‘small numbers’’ and ‘‘specified
geographical region’’ limitations and
amended the definition of harassment as
it applies to a ‘‘military readiness
activity’’ to read as follows (Section
3(18)(B) of the MMPA, 16 U.S.C.
1362(18)(B)): (i) Any act that injures or
has the significant potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A Harassment);
or (ii) any act that disturbs or is likely
to disturb a marine mammal or marine
mammal stock in the wild by causing
disruption of natural behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering, to a point where
such behavioral patterns are abandoned
or significantly altered (Level B
Harassment).
Summary of Major Provisions Within
the Proposed Rule
Following is a summary of some of
the major provisions in this proposed
rule for Eglin AFB’s proposed EGTTR
activities. We have preliminarily
determined that Eglin AFB’s adherence
to the proposed mitigation, monitoring,
and reporting measures listed below
would achieve the least practicable
adverse impact on the affected marine
mammals. They include:
• Monitoring will be conducted by
personnel who have completed Eglin’s
Marine Species Observer Training
Course, which was developed in
cooperation with the National Marine
Fisheries Service;
• For each live mission, at a
minimum, pre- and post-mission
monitoring will be required. Monitoring
will be conducted from a given platform
depending on the specific mission. The
purposes of pre-mission monitoring are
to (1) evaluate the mission site for
environmental suitability and (2) verify
that the zone of influence (ZOI) is free
of visually detectable marine mammals
and potential marine mammal
indicators. Post-mission monitoring is
designed to determine the effectiveness
of pre-mission mitigation by reporting
sightings of any dead or injured marine
mammals;
• Mission delay will be implemented
during live ordnance mission activities
if protected species, large schools of
fish, or large flocks of birds are observed
feeding at the surface within the ZOI.
Mission activities may not resume until
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
the animals are observed moving away
from the ZOI or 30 minutes have passed;
• Mission delay will be implemented
if daytime weather and/or sea
conditions preclude adequate
monitoring for detecting marine
mammals and other marine life. EGTTR
missions may not resume until adequate
sea conditions exist for monitoring;
• If unauthorized takes of marine
mammals (i.e., serious injury or
mortality) occur, ceasing operations and
reporting to NMFS immediately and
submitting a report to NMFS within 24
hours;
• Use of aerial-based monitoring
which provides an excellent viewing
platform for detection of marine
mammals at or near the surface;
• Use of video-based monitoring via
live high-definition video feed. Video
monitoring typically facilitates data
collection for the mission but can also
allow remote viewing of the area for
determination of environmental
conditions and the presence of marine
species up to the release time of live
munitions;
• Use of vessel-based monitoring; and
• Ramp-up procedures for gunnery
operations.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated
to NMFS) to allow, upon request, the
incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by
U.S. citizens who engage in a specified
activity (other than commercial fishing)
within a specified geographical region if
certain findings are made and either
regulations are issued or, if the taking is
limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed authorization is provided to
the public for review. An authorization
for incidental takings shall be granted if
NMFS finds that the taking will have a
negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of the
species or stock(s) for subsistence uses
(where relevant), and if the permissible
methods of taking and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact
resulting from the specified activity that
cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must review our
proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization)
with respect to potential impacts on the
human environment.
The U.S. Air Force developed an EA
in 2015 titled Eglin Gulf Test and
Training Range Environmental
Assessment (Navy 2015). NMFS will
review and evaluate the EA for
consistency with the regulations
published by the Council of
Environmental Quality (CEQ) and
NOAA Administrative Order 216–6,
Environmental Review Procedures for
Implementing the National
Environmental Policy Act, and
determine whether or not to adopt the
EA. Information in Eglin AFB’s
application, the EA, and this notice
collectively provide the environmental
information related to proposed
issuance of the regulations for public
review and comment. We will review all
comments submitted in response to this
notice as we complete the NEPA
process, including the decision of
whether to sign a Finding of No
Significant Impact (FONSI) prior to a
final decision on the LOA request. The
NEPA documents are available for
review at www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
permits/incidental/military.html.
Summary of Request
On September 16, 2015, NMFS
received a request for regulations from
Eglin AFB for the taking of marine
mammals incidental to testing and
training activities in the EGTTR
(defined as the area and airspace over
the Gulf of Mexico controlled by Eglin
AFB, beginning at a point three nautical
miles (NM) off the coast of Florida) for
a period of five years. Eglin AFB worked
with NMFS to revise the model used to
calculate take estimates and submitted a
revised application on April 15, 2017.
On August 24, 2017, we published a
notice of receipt of Eglin AFB’s
application in the Federal Register (82
FR 40141), requesting comments and
information for thirty days related to
Eglin AFB’s request. We did not receive
any comments from the public. The
application was considered adequate
and complete on September 29, 2017.
Eglin AFB proposes taking marine
mammals incidental to EGTTR activities
by Level A and Level B harassment of
Atlantic bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops
truncates) and Atlantic spotted dolphins
(Stenella frontalis). On April 23, 2012,
NMFS promulgated rulemaking and
issued an LOA for takes of marine
mammals incidental to Eglin AFB’s
Naval Explosive Ordnance Disposal
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61373
School (NEODS) training operations at
Eglin AFB. This rule expired on April
24, 2017 (77 FR 16718, March 22, 2012).
On March 5, 2014, NMFS promulgated
rulemaking and issued an LOA for takes
of marine mammals incidental to Eglin
AFB’s Air Force Special Operations
Command (AFSOC) precision strike
weapons (PSW) and air-to-surface (AS)
gunnery activities in the EGTTR, which
is valid through March 4, 2019 (79 FR
13568, March 11, 2014). In addition to
these rules and LOAs, NMFS has issued
Incidental Harassment Authorizations
(IHA) for take of marine mammals
incidental to Eglin AFB’s Maritime
Strike Operations (78 FR 52135, August
22, 2013; valid August 19, 2013 through
August 18, 2014) and Maritime
Weapons Systems Evaluations Program
(WSEP) annually in 2015 (80 FR 17394),
2016 (81 FR 7307), and 2017 (82 FR
10747) which currently expires on
February 3, 2018. Eglin AFB complied
with all conditions of the LOAs and
IHAs issued, including submission of
final reports. Based on these reports,
NMFS has determined that impacts to
marine mammals were not beyond those
anticipated. Eglin AFB’s current
rulemaking/LOA application would
supersede the existing PSW and AS
gunnery rule that is in effect until
March 4, 2019, and would include all of
Eglin AFB’s testing and training
activities, including WSEP activities,
into one new rule with the exception of
NEODS training activities. Eglin AFB
has never conducted any NEODS
training activities and is not including
these activities as part of the new
rulemaking. The regulations proposed
in this action, if issued, would be
effective from February 4, 2018, through
February 3, 2023.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Eglin AFB proposes to conduct
military aircraft missions within the
EGTTR that involve the employment of
multiple types of live (explosive) and
inert (non-explosive) munitions against
various surface targets. Munitions may
be delivered by multiple types of
aircraft including, but not limited to,
fighter jets, bombers, and gunships.
Munitions consist of bombs, missiles,
rockets, and gunnery rounds. The
targets may vary, but primarily consist
of stationary, towed, or remotely
controlled boats, inflatable targets, or
marking flares. Detonations may occur
in the air, at the water surface, or
approximately 10 feet (ft) below the
surface. Mission activities proposed in
the EGTTR have the potential to expose
cetaceans to sound or pressure levels
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61374
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
currently associated with mortality,
Level A harassment, and Level B
harassment, as defined by the MMPA.
Testing and training missions would
be conducted during any time of the
year. Missions that involve inert
munitions and in-air detonations may
occur anywhere in the EGTTR. Aside
from gunnery operations, mission
activities that release live ordnance
resulting in surface or subsurface
detonations would be conducted at a
pre-determined location approximately
17 miles offshore of Santa Rosa Island,
in a water depth of about 35 meters (m)
(115 ft).
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Dates and Duration
Due to the total number and
variability in types of air-to-surface test
and training missions included in this
LOA request, missions may occur
during any season or month. Missions
involving the use of live bombs,
missiles, and rockets will occur during
daylight hours. However, some
activities, such as gunnery training, may
occur during day or night. Missions are
typically conducted on weekdays, with
multiple weapons releases typically
occurring per day. The LOA would be
valid from February 4, 2018 through
February 3, 2023.
Specific Geographic Region
All activities will take place within
the EGTTR, which is defined as the
airspace over the Gulf of Mexico
controlled by Eglin AFB, beginning at a
point 3 NM from shore. This airspace is
controlled by the Federal Aviation
Administration, but scheduled by Eglin
AFB. The EGTTR is subdivided into
blocks consisting of Warning Areas W–
155, W–151, W–470, W–168, and W–
174, as well as Eglin Water Test Areas
1 through 6 (See Figure 1–2 in
Application). Most of the blocks are
further sub-divided into smaller
airspace units for scheduling purposes
(for example, W–151A, B, C, and D).
Warning Area W–155 is controlled by
the U.S. Navy but is used occasionally
to support missions scheduled through
Eglin. Over 102,000 square nautical
miles (nmi2) of Gulf of Mexico surface
waters occur under the EGTTR airspace.
However, most of the activities
described in this document will occur
in W–151, and the great majority will
occur specifically in sub-area W–151A
due to its proximity to shore (Figure 1–
3 in Application). Descriptive
information for all of W–151 and for W–
151A specifically is provided below.
The inshore and offshore boundaries
of W–151 are roughly parallel to the
shoreline contour. The shoreward
boundary is 3 nmi from shore, while the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
seaward boundary extends
approximately 85 to 100 nmi offshore,
depending on the specific location. W–
151 covers a surface area of
approximately 10,247 nmi2 (35,145
square kilometers (km2), and includes
water depths ranging from about 20 to
700 m (66 to 2,297 ft). This range of
depth includes continental shelf and
slope waters. Approximately half of W–
151 lies over the shelf.
W–151A, which occurs directly south
of Eglin AFB, extends approximately 60
nmi offshore and has a surface area of
2,565 nmi2 (8,797 km2). Water depths
range from about 30 to 350 m (98 to
1,148 ft) and include continental shelf
and slope zones. However, most of W–
151A occurs over the continental shelf,
in water depths less than 250 m (820 ft).
Most of the air-to-surface missions occur
in the shallower, northern inshore
portion of the sub-area (Maritime WSEP
test site), in a water depth of about 35
m (115 ft).
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Eglin AFB proposes to conduct the
following actions in the EGTTR: (1) 86th
Fighter Weapons Squadron (86 FWS)
Maritime Weapons System Evaluation
Program (WSEP) test missions that
involve the use of multiple types of live
and inert munitions (bombs and
missiles) detonated above, at, or slightly
below the water surface; (2) Advanced
Systems Employment Project actions
that involve deployment of a variety of
pods, air-to-air missiles, bombs, and
other munitions (all inert ordnances in
relation to EGTTR); (3) Air Force
Special Operations Command (AFSOC)
training, including air-to-surface
gunnery missions involving firing live
gunnery rounds at targets on the water
surface in EGTTR, small diameter bomb
(SDB) and Griffin/Hellfire missile
training involving the use of live
missiles and SDBs in the EGTTR against
small towed boats, and CV–22 tiltrotor
aircraft training involving the firing of
0.50 caliber (cal.)/7.62 mm ammunition
at flares floating on the EGTTR water
surface; (4) 413th Flight Test Squadron
(FLTS) Precision Strike Program (PSP)
activities involving firing munitions at
flare targets on the EGTTR water surface
and Stand-Off Precision Guided
Munitions (SOPGM) testing involving
captive-carry, store separation, and
weapon employment tests; (5) 780th
Test Squadron (TS) activities involving
precision strike weapon (PSW) test
missions (launch of munitions against
targets in the EGTTR) and Longbow
Littoral Testing (data collection on
tracking and impact ability of the
Longbow missile on small boats); (6)
96th Test Wing Inert Missions
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(developmental testing and evaluation
for wide variety of air-delivered
weapons and other systems using inert
bombs); and (7) 96 Operations Group
(OG) missions, which involve the
support of air-to-surface missions for
several user groups within EGTTR.
During these activities, ordnances
may be delivered by multiple types of
aircraft, including bombers and fighter
aircraft. The actions include air-toground missiles (AGM); air intercept
missiles (AIM); bomb dummy units
(BDU); guided bomb units (GBU);
projectile gun units (PGU); cluster bomb
units (CBU); wind-corrected munitions
dispensers (WCMD); small-diameter
bombs (SDB) and laser small diameter
bombs (LSDB); high explosive
incendiary units (HEI); joint direct
attack munitions (JDAM) and laser joint
direct attack munitions (LJDAM);
research department explosives (RDX);
joint air-to-surface stand-off missiles
(JASSM); high altitude anti-submarine
warfare weapons (inert); high-speed
maneuverable surface targets; and
gunnery rounds. Net explosive weight
(NEW) of the live munitions ranges from
0.1 to 945 pounds (lb).
The EGTTR testing and training
missions are classified as military
readiness activities and involve the
firing or dropping of air-to-surface
weapons. Depending on the
requirements of a given mission,
munitions may be inert (contain no or
very little explosive charges) or live
(contain explosive charges). Live
munitions may detonate above, at, or
slightly below the water surface. In most
cases, missions consisting of live bombs,
missiles, and rockets that detonate at or
below the water surface will occur at a
site in W–151A that has been designated
specifically for these types of activities.
Typically, test data collection is
conducted from an instrumentation
barge known as the Gulf Range
Armament Test Vessel (GRATV)
anchored on-site, which provides a
platform for cameras and weapontracking equipment. Therefore, the
mission area is referred to as the GRATV
target location. Alternative site locations
may be selected, if necessary, within a
5-mile radius around the GRATV point.
Missions that involve inert munitions
and in-air detonations may occur
anywhere in the EGTTR but are
typically conducted in W–151.
For this LOA request, descriptions of
mission activities that involve in-water
detonations include a section called
Mission-Day Categorization. This
subsection describes the mission-day
scenario used for acoustic modeling and
is based on the estimated number of
weapons released per day. This
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
approach is meant to satisfy NMFS’
requests to analyze and assess acoustic
impacts associated with accumulated
energy from multiple detonations
occurring over a 24-hour timeframe.
Eglin AFB used all available
information to develop each missionday scenario, including historical
release records; however, these
scenarios may not represent exact
weapon releases because military needs
and requirements are in a constant state
of flux. The mission-day categorizations
provide high-, medium-, and lowintensity mission-day scenarios for
some groups and an average scenario for
other groups. Mission-day scenarios
vary for each user group and are
described in the following sections.
Note that additional testing and
training activities are planned for the
EGTTR that will not result in any
acoustic impacts to marine mammals
and, therefore, not require any acoustic
analyses. Examples include the firing of
0.50 caliber and 7.62 gunnery rounds
that do not contain explosives, use of
airburst-only detonations, and
operations involving simulated weapons
delivery. Those activities are described
in detail in the Application but are not
discussed here.
86th Fighter Weapons Squadron
Maritime Weapons System Evaluation
Program
The 86 FWS would continue to use
multiple types of live and inert
munitions in the EGTTR against small
boat targets for the Maritime WSEP
Operational Testing Program. The
purpose of the testing is to continue the
development of tactics, techniques and
procedures (TTP) for USAF strike
aircraft to counter small maneuvering
surface vessels in order to better protect
vessels or other assets from small boat
threats. Damage effects of these
munitions must be known to generate
TTPs to engage small moving boats. The
test objectives are to (1) develop TTPs
to engage small boats in all weather and
(2) determine the impact of TTPs on
Combat Air Force training. The test
results would be used to develop
publishable TTPs for inclusion in Air
Force TTP 3–1 series manuals. Maritime
WSEP testing is considered a high
national defense priority. Incidental
Harassment Authorizations have been
issued for 2015 (80 FR 17394, April 1,
2015), 2016 (81 FR 7307, February 11,
2016) and 2017 (82 FR 10747, February
15, 2017) Maritime WSEP activities, but
these activities will now be part of this
new rulemaking to avoid annual IHAs.
Proposed aircraft and munitions
associated with Maritime WSEP
activities are shown in Table 1. Because
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
the focus of the tests would be weapon/
target interaction, no particular aircraft
would be specified for a given test as
long as it met the delivery requirements.
Various USAF active duty units,
National Guard, Navy, and USAF
reserve units would participate as
interceptors and weapons release
aircrews, with multiple types of aircraft
typically operating within the same
airspace.
TABLE 1—MARITIME WSEP
MUNITIONS AND EXAMPLE AIRCRAFT
Munitions
AGM–114 (Hellfire) .........
AGM–176 (Griffin) ..........
AGM–65 (Mavericks) ......
AIM–9X ...........................
BDU–56 ..........................
CBU–105 (WCMD) .........
GBU–12/GBU–54 ...........
GBU–10/GBU–24 ...........
GBU–31 ..........................
GBU–38 ..........................
PGU–13/B .......................
PGU–27 ..........................
2.75 in Rockets.
7.62mm/50 Cal.
GBU–39 (Laser SDB).
GBU–53 (SDB II).
Aircraft
F–15 fighter aircraft.
F–16 fighter aircraft.
F–18 fighter aircraft.
F–22 fighter aircraft.
F–35 fighter aircraft.
AC–130 gunship.
A–10 fighter aircraft.
B–1 bomber aircraft.
B–52 bomber aircraft.
B–2 bomber aircraft.
MQ–1.
MQ–9.
AGM = air-to-ground missile; AIM = air intercept
missile; BDU = Bomb, Dummy Unit; GBU = Guided
Bomb Unit; PGU = Projectile Gun Unit; CBU = Cluster Bomb Unit; WCMD = Wind-Corrected Munitions
Dispenser; mm = millimeters; SDB = Small Diameter
Bomb.
Tests would be conducted at the
GRATV target location in various sea
states and weather conditions, up to a
wave height of 4 ft. Live munitions
would be deployed against static
(anchored), towed, and remotely
controlled boat targets. Static and
controlled targets would consist of
stripped boat hulls with plywood
simulated systems and, in some cases,
heat sources. Moving targets would be
towed by remotely controlled High
Speed Maneuverable Surface Target
(HSMST) boats. Damaged boats would
be recovered for data collection. Test
data collection would be conducted
from the GRATV. HSMST boats would
be remotely controlled from a facility on
Eglin main base and would follow set
track lines with specific waypoints at
least 2 to 3 nautical miles (NM) away
from the GRATV. Additional air assets
such as chase aircraft or unmanned
aerial vehicles would transit to the
target area and set up flight orbits to
provide aerial video of the mission site
including weapon impacts on boat
targets and assisting with range clearing
activities. Missions would be controlled
and monitored from the Eglin Central
Control Facility (CCF) on the main base.
Live munitions would be set to
detonate either in the air,
instantaneously upon contact with a
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61375
target boat, or after a slight delay (up to
10 millisecond) after impact, which
would correspond to a water depth of
about 5 to 10 ft. The annual number,
height or depth of detonation, explosive
material, and net explosive weight
(NEW) of each live munition associated
with Maritime WSEP is provided in
Table 2. The quantity of live munitions
tested is considered necessary to
provide the intended level of tactics and
weapons evaluation, including a
number of replicate tests sufficient for
an acceptable confidence level regarding
munitions capabilities.
In addition to the live munitions
described above, 86 FWS also proposes
to expend inert munitions in W–151.
The expected number of each munition
type expended during a typical year is
included in Table 2. Use of inert
munitions was analyzed in the 2002
Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range
(EGTTR) Programmatic Environmental
Assessment (2002 PEA) and found to
have no significant environmental
impact (U.S. Air Force, 2002). The 2002
PEA estimated that a maximum of 0.2
marine mammals could potentially be
struck by projectiles, falling debris, and
inert munitions each year. This
calculation assumed there would be
over 600 events conducted per year
which accounted for the maximum
annual number of expendables over a
five-year period (1995–1999), totaling
over 626,000 inert items. Live gunnery
rounds (e.g., 25-mm, 40-mm, 105-mm)
were not included in the direct physical
impact analysis since the acoustic
analyses constituted a more
conservative assessment for exploding
rounds. Since 1999, Range Utilization
Reports have shown through 2010 the
annual average number of inert
expendables has decreased to
approximately 311,000 items, about 50
percent of the maximum annual number
used for calculations for the 2002 PEA.
The additional use of inert munitions
under the Proposed Action for the 2015
EGTTR Programmatic EA would add
another 76,000 items, resulting in a 19
percent increase in inert expendables,
based on the annual average from 1999
through 2010. This proposed increase
compared to historic use is still less
than the maximum baseline levels
analyzed in 2002. The estimated
abundance of local stocks of bottlenose
and Atlantic spotted dolphins has likely
increased since the 2002 PEA according
to NMFS stock assessment reports. For
example, the northern Gulf of Mexico
continental shelf stock of bottlenose
dolphin increased from 21,531 in 1991–
2001 to 51,192 in 2011–2012, which is
the most recent available data. Even
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61376
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
with these estimated increases in
abundance, the Navy and NMFS believe
that the potential for direct physical
impacts remains nominal and can be
considered discountable. Actual
numbers of inert releases may vary
somewhat from those shown in the
table. However, the items are included
in this LOA in order to document the
programmatic use of the EGTTR.
TABLE 2—MARITIME WSEP MUNITIONS USE IN THE EGTTR
Type of munition
Number of
munitions
Detonations scenario
GBU–10 or GBU–24 .....
GBU–49 .........................
JASSM ..........................
GBU–12/–54 (LJDAM)/–
38/–32 (JDAM).
AGM–65 (Maverick) ......
2
4
4
10
Surface
Surface
Surface
Surface
NEW
(lbs)
Warhead—explosive material
or Subsurface ..............
......................................
......................................
or Subsurface ..............
MK–84—Tritonal ...................................................
Tritonal ..................................................................
Tritonal ..................................................................
MK–82—Tritonal ...................................................
945
300
240
192
8
Surface ......................................
86
CBU–105 .......................
4
Airburst ......................................
GBU–39 (LSDB) ............
4
AGM–114 (Hellfire) ........
30
Airburst, Surface, or Subsurface.
Airburst or Surface, Subsurface
WDU–24/B penetrating blast-fragmentation warhead.
10 BLU–108 submunitions with 4 projectiles,
parachute, rocket motor & altimeter. 10.69 lbs
NEW/submunition (includes 2.15 lbs/projectile).
AFX–757 (Insensitive munition) ...........................
GBU–53 (SDB II) ...........
4
Airburst, Surface or Subsurface
AIM–9X ..........................
AGM–176 (Griffin) .........
Rockets (including
APKWS).
PGU–13 HEI 30 mm .....
2
10
100
Surface ......................................
Airburst or Surface ....................
Surface ......................................
1,000
Surface ......................................
GBU–10 .........................
GBU–12 .........................
GBU–24 .........................
GBU–31 .........................
GBU–38 .........................
GBU–54 .........................
BDU–56 .........................
AIM–9X ..........................
PGU–27 .........................
21
27
17
6
3
16
13
3
46,000
Inert
Inert
Inert
Inert
Inert
Inert
Inert
Inert
Inert
...........................................
...........................................
...........................................
...........................................
...........................................
...........................................
...........................................
...........................................
...........................................
High Explosive Anti-Tank (HEAT) tandem antiarmor metal augmented charge.
PBX–N–109 Aluminized Enhanced Blast, Scored
Frag Case, Copper Shape Charge.
PBXN–3 ................................................................
Blast fragmentation ..............................................
Comp B–4 HEI .....................................................
30 x 173 mm caliber with aluminized RDX explosive. Designed for GAU–8/A Gun System.
N/A ........................................................................
N/A ........................................................................
N/A ........................................................................
N/A ........................................................................
N/A ........................................................................
N/A ........................................................................
N/A ........................................................................
N/A ........................................................................
N/A ........................................................................
107.63
37
29
22.84
7.9
4.58
10
0.1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
AGM = air-to-ground missile; AIM = air intercept missile; BDU = Bomb, Dummy Unit; CBU = Cluster Bomb Unit; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit;
HEI = high explosive incendiary; lbs = pounds; LJDAM = laser joint direct attack munition; LSDB = Laser Small Diameter Bombs; MK = mark;
mm = millimeters; NEW = Net Explosive Weight; PGU = Projectile Gun Unit; RDX = research department explosive; SDB = Small Diameter
Bomb.
Mission-day categorizations of
weapon releases listed in Table 3 were
developed based on historical mission
data, project engineer input, and future
Maritime WSEP requirements.
Categories of missions were grouped
first using historical weapon releases
per day (refer to Maritime Strike and
Maritime WSEP annual reports for 2015
and 2016). Next, the most recent
weapons evaluation needs and
requirements were considered to
develop three different scenarios:
Categories A, B, and C. Mission-day
Category A represents munitions with
larger NEW (192 to 945 pounds) with
both surface and subsurface
detonations. This category includes
future requirements and provides
flexibility for the military mission. To
date, Category A levels of activity have
not been conducted under the 86 FWS
Maritime WSEP missions and is
considered a worst-case scenario.
Category B represents munitions with
medium levels of NEW (20 to 86
pounds) including surface and
subsurface detonations. Category B was
developed using actual levels of weapon
releases during Maritime WSEP
missions (refer to Maritime WSEP
annual reports for 2015 and 2016).
Category C represents munitions with
smaller NEW (0.1 to 13 pounds) and
includes surface detonations only.
TABLE 3—MARITIME WSEP MUNITIONS CATEGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Mission
category
Munition
A ..............
GBU–10/–24/–31 ...........................
GBU–49 .........................................
JASSM ...........................................
GBU–12/–54
(LJDAM)/–38/–32
(JDAM).
AGM–65 (Maverick) .......................
GBU–39 (SDB) ..............................
AGM–114 (Hellfire) ........................
B ..............
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
NEW
(lbs)
PO 00000
Detonation type
Munitions
per day
Mission
days/year
Total
munitions/
year
945
300
240
192
Subsurface (10-ft depth) ................
Surface ..........................................
Surface ..........................................
Subsurface (10-ft depth) ................
1
2
2
5
2
....................
....................
....................
2
4
4
10
86
37
20
Surface ..........................................
Surface ..........................................
Subsurface (10-ft depth) ................
2
1
5
4
....................
....................
8
4
20
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61377
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3—MARITIME WSEP MUNITIONS CATEGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS—Continued
Mission
category
Munition
NEW
(lbs)
C ..............
AGM–176 (Griffin) .........................
2.75 rockets ...................................
AIM–9X ..........................................
PGU–12 HEI 30 mm .....................
Munitions
per day
Detonation type
13
12
7.9
0.1
Surface
Surface
Surface
Surface
..........................................
..........................................
..........................................
..........................................
5
50
1
500
Mission
days/year
2
....................
....................
....................
Total
munitions/
year
10
100
2
1,000
AGM = air-to-ground missile; CBU = Cluster Bomb Unit; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; HEI = high explosive incendiary; JDAM = Joint Direct Attack Munition; LJDAM = Laser Joint Direct Attack Munition; lbs = pounds; NEW = net explosive weight; PGU = Projectile Gun Unit; mm = millimeter; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
A human safety zone will be
established around the test area prior to
each mission and will be enforced by up
to 25 safety boats. The size of this zone
may vary, depending upon the
particular munition and delivery
method used in a given test. A
composite safety footprint has been
developed for previous tests using live
munitions. This composite safety
footprint consisted of a circle with a 29
mile-wide diameter circle (14.5 milewide radius), which was converted to an
octagon shape for ease of support vessel
placement and range clearance.
Potential post-test activities consist of
Air Force Explosive Ordnance Disposal
(EOD) personnel detonating in place any
munitions components or items
remaining on the target boats that would
be considered unexploded ordnance
(UXO), debris retrieval, and postmission protected species surveys.
Unexploded bombs, missiles, or other
similarly large items would sink to the
seafloor and would not be recovered or
detonated. However, smaller
unexploded items such as cluster bomb
submunitions could remain intact on
target boats. Once the area has been
cleared by the Eglin EOD team, the
range will be re-opened for the debris
clean-up team and the protected species
survey vessels (when live munitions are
used). Depending on the specific
weapon system used and the location or
position of the UXO, the test area could
be closed for an extended period of
time.
Advanced Systems Employment Project
The proposed Advanced Systems
Employment Project (ASEP) action
includes evaluating upgrades to
numerous research and development, as
well as Air Force hardware and
software, initiatives. F16, F15E, and
BAC1–11 aircraft would be used to
deploy a variety of pods, air-to-air
missiles, bombs, and other munitions.
Many of the missions are conducted
over Eglin land ranges. However, inert
instrumented MK–84 Joint Direct Attack
Munition (JDAM) bombs would be
expended in W–151 under the Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
Action. Bombs would be dropped on
target boats located 20 to 25 miles
offshore. A maximum of 12 over-water
missions could be conducted annually,
although the number could be as low as
4. There would be no live ordnance
associated with ASEP actions in the
EGTTR.
Air Force Special Operations Command
Training
The Air Force Special Operations
Command (AFSOC) conducts various
training activities with multiple types of
munitions in nearshore waters of the
EGTTR (W–151). Training activities
include air-to-surface gunnery and small
diameter bomb/Griffin/Hellfire missile
proficiency training. The following
subsections describe the proposed
actions included in Eglin AFB’s LOA
request.
Air-to-surface gunnery missions
involve firing of live gunnery rounds
from the AC–130 aircraft at targets on
the water surface in the EGTTR.
Ordnance used in this training includes
25 mm high explosive incendiary (HEI),
30 mm HEI, 40 mm HEI, and 105 mm
HEI rounds. NEW ranges from about
0.07 to 4.7 pounds. The Air Force has
developed a 105 mm training round
(TR) that contains less than 10 percent
of the amount of explosive material
contained in the 105 mm full up (FU)
round. The TR variant was developed as
a means to mitigate acoustic impacts on
marine mammals that could not be
adequately surveyed at night by aircraft
sensors. Today’s AC–130 sensors allow
for effective nighttime visual surveys
but with reduced explosive material the
TR rounds remain a valuable mitigation
for reducing acoustic impacts.
Water ranges within the EGTTR that
are typically used for gunnery
operations include W–151A, W–151B,
W–151C, and W–151D. However, W–
151A is the most frequently used water
range due to its proximity to Hurlburt
Field (where the gunnery flights
originate). AC–130s normally transit
from Hurlburt Field to the water ranges
at a minimum of 4,000 ft above surface
level. Potential target sites are typically
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
established at least 15 miles from the
coast (beyond the 12 nmi territorial sea
boundary). Such a location places most
mission activities over shallower
continental shelf waters where marine
mammal densities are typically lower
and thus avoids the slope waters where
more sensitive species (e.g., Endangered
Species Act (ESA)-listed sperm whale)
generally reside. Targets consist of
either an MK–25 floating flare or an
inflatable target. For missions where
flares are used, the aircrew scans a 5–
NM radius around the potential target
area to ensure it is clear of surface craft,
protected species, and other objects that
would make the site unsuitable.
Scanning is accomplished using radar,
Electro Optical (EO), infrared (IR)
sensors, and visual means. An
alternative area is selected if any nonmission vessels or protected marine
species are detected within the 5 nmi
search area. Once the scan is completed,
the marking flare is dropped onto the
water surface. The flare’s burn time is
typically 10 to 20 minutes but could be
less if actually hit by one of the rounds.
However, flares may burn as long as 40
minutes.
Missions using an inflatable target
proceed under the same general
protocol. A tow boat transits to a
potential target site located at least 15
miles from the coast. The AC–130 then
arrives at the site and, as with missions
using flares, the aircrew scans an
appropriate area around the potential
target area (5 nmi radius for nonmission vessels and protected species)
using visual observation and the
aircraft’s sensors. An alternative area
would be selected if any protected
marine species or non-mission vessels
were detected within the search area.
Once the scan is complete, the 20-foot
target is inflated and deployed into the
water. The tow boat then proceeds to
pull the target, which is attached to a
2,200-foot cable. The target continues to
float even when struck by ordnance and
deflated. After the mission, the tow boat
recovers any debris produced by rounds
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61378
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
striking the target, although little debris
is expected.
After target deployment, the firing
sequence is initiated. A typical gunship
mission lasts approximately five hours
without air-to-air refueling, and six
hours when refueling is accomplished.
A typical mission includes 1.5 to 2
hours of live fire. This time includes
clearing the area and transiting to and
from the range. Actual firing activities
typically do not exceed 30 minutes. The
number and type of munitions deployed
during a mission varies with each type
of mission flown. The 105-mm TR
variants are used during nighttime
training. Live fire events are continuous,
with pauses during the firing usually
well under a minute and rarely from
two to five minutes.
Gunnery missions could occur any
season of year, during daytime or
nighttime hours. The quantity of live
rounds expended is based on estimates
provided by AFSOC regarding the
annual number of missions and number
of rounds per mission. The 105 mm FU
rounds would typically be used during
daytime missions, while the 105 mm TR
variants would be used at night.
On March 5, 2014, NMFS issued a 5year LOA in accordance with the
MMPA for AFSOC’s air-to-surface
gunnery activities which is currently
valid through March 4, 2019. This LOA
request would supersede that
authorization for AC–130 air-to-surface
gunnery activities for another five years
(2018–2023); it incorporates the updated
approach to analysis requested by
NMFS. No significant changes to these
mission activities are anticipated in the
foreseeable future. Table 4 shows the
annual number of missions and gunnery
rounds currently authorized under the
existing LOA which will be carried
forward for this LOA request.
TABLE 4—SUMMARY OF ANNUAL AFSOC AC–130 GUNNERY OPERATIONS
NEW
(lbs)
Munition
Total
munitions/
year
Number of
daytime
missions
Number of LI≤
nighttime
missions
105 mm HE (FU) .............................................................................................
105 mm HE (TR) .............................................................................................
40 mm HE ........................................................................................................
30 mm HE ........................................................................................................
25 mm HE ........................................................................................................
4.7
0.35
0.87
0.1
0.067
750
1,350
4,480
35,000
39,200
25
........................
........................
........................
........................
45
........................
........................
........................
........................
Total ..........................................................................................................
........................
80,780
........................
........................
HE = High Explosive; lbs = pounds; mm = millimeter; NEW = net explosive weight; TR = Training Round; FU = Full Up.
Two mission-day scenarios were
developed to represent the average
number of gunnery rounds expended
during daytime and nighttime AC–130
air-to-surface gunnery missions;
category D for daytime missions and
category E for nighttime missions. Eglin
AFB coordinated with the AFSOC
Planning Office to confirm that annual
allotments provided in Table 5 would
still meet their training needs and
averaged the annual number of each
gunnery round with the annual number
of mission days proposed for daytime
and nighttime. The mission-day
scenarios developed for AC–130 air-tosurface gunnery missions are shown in
Table 5.
TABLE 5—AC–130 GUNNERY OPERATIONS CATEGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS
Mission
category
Munition
D ...................
105 mm HE (FU) .................
40 mm HE ...........................
30 mm HE ...........................
25 mm HE ...........................
105 mm HE (TR) .................
40 mm HE ...........................
30 mm HE ...........................
25 mm HE ...........................
4.7
0.87
0.1
0.067
0.35
0.87
0.1
0.067
..............................................
........................
E ...................
Total ......
NEW
(lbs)
Detonation
type
Surface
Surface
Surface
Surface
Surface
Surface
Surface
Surface
Munitions
per day
Total
munitions/
year
Mission
days/year
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
30
64
500
560
30
64
500
560
25
........................
........................
........................
45
........................
........................
........................
750
1,600
12,500
14,000
1,350
2,880
22,500
25,200
..............................................
........................
70
80,780
HE = High Explosive; lbs = pounds; mm = millimeter; NEW = net explosive weight; TR = Training Round; FU = Full Up.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
413th Flight Test Squadron
The United States Special Operations
Command (SOCOM) has requested the
413th Flight Test Squadron (413 FLTS)
to demonstrate the feasibility and
capability of the Precision Strike
Package and the Stand-Off Precision
Guided Munitions (SOPGM) missile
system on the AC–130 aircraft. SOCOM,
in conjunction with A3 Operations at
Wright-Patterson AFB, is fielding the
new AC–130J for flight characterization,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:46 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
as well as testing and evaluation.
AFSOC is integrating some of the same
weapons on the AC–130W. Therefore,
the activities described below for the
413 FLTS may involve either of these
aircraft variants.
The proposed AC–130J gunnery
testing associated with the 413 FLTS’s
Precision Strike Package would be
similar to that described above for
AFSOC AC–130 gunnery training in
terms of location and general
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
procedures. Testing would occur in W–
151A and would involve firing either (1)
PGU–44/B (105 mm HE] with FMU–
153/B point detonation/delay fuse) or
PGU–43B Target Practice (TP) rounds
(105 mm TR) from a 105 mm M102 (U.S.
Air Force designation M137A1) lightweight Howitzer cannon, or (2) PGU–13
HEI, PGU–46 HEI rounds, or PGU–15 TP
rounds (inert) from a 30 mm GAU–23/
A gun system. A MK–25 flare would be
dropped prior to firing and used as a
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
target. Management measures would be
the same as those described for
AFSOC’s AC–130 gunnery missions.
413 FLTS mission day scenarios were
developed based on the number of
mission days planned annually. Up to
eleven mission days are planned for 413
FLTS operations annually. The total
number of munitions were averaged
over each day and are shown in Table
61379
6. All missions would be conducted
shoreward of the continental shelf
break/200 m isobath as shown in Figure
1–7 in the Application).
TABLE 6—413 FLTS PRECISION STRIKE PACKAGE GUNNERY TESTING CATEGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS
Mission
category
Munition
NEW
(lbs)
F ...................
G ...................
H ...................
30 mm .................................
105 mm FU .........................
105 mm TR .........................
Detonation
type
0.1
4.7
0.35
Munitions
per day
Surface ................................
Surface ................................
Surface ................................
Total
munitions/
year
Mission
days/year
33
15
15
3
4
4
99
60
60
FU = full up; lbs = pounds; mm = millimeter; NEW = net explosive weight; TR = Training Round.
Stand off precision guided missiles
(SOPGMs) are proposed for use in
testing feasibility of these missiles on
AC–130 aircraft. Weapons include
AGM–176 Griffin missiles, AGM–114
Hellfire missiles, GBU–39/B SDBs, and
GBU–39B/B Laser Small Diameter
Bombs (LSDBs). Initial actions would
consist of various ground tests. After
ground testing is completed, captive
carry, store separation, and weapon
employment tests would be conducted.
Captive-carry missions would be
conducted with an Instrumented
Measurement Vehicle (IMV) to collect
environmental data or an inert telemetry
(TM) missile in order to evaluate the
integration of the SOPGM with the AC–
130J. Store separation missions would
require a TM missile with an inert
warhead and a live motor, if applicable,
to verify that the weapon can be
employed without significant risk to the
aircraft.
Weapon employment missions would
be flown using any combination of inert
and/or live weapons for a final end-toend check of the system. Missions could
be conducted over land or water ranges,
with water ranges used for SDB/LSDB
and Griffin missile tests. It is expected
that over-water testing would be
conducted at the GRATV target location.
Similar to preceding mission
descriptions, pre- and post-test surveys
will be conducted within the applicable
human and protected species safety
zones.
Table 7 shows the mission-day
scenarios and annual number of
munitions expended annually for
SOPGM testing. The 413 FLTS provided
the number of munitions required over
a span of four years. The numbers in the
table represent the average per year
(total number of munitions divided by
four).
TABLE 7—413 FLTS SOPGM ANNUAL TESTING CATEGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS
Mission
category
Munition
NEW
(lbs)
I ....................
J ....................
K ...................
L ...................
AGM–176 (Griffin) ...............
AGM–114 (Hellfire) .............
GBU–39 (SDB I) .................
GBU–39 (LSDB) ..................
Detonation
type
4.58
29
36
36
Surface
Surface
Surface
Surface
Munitions
per day
................................
................................
................................
................................
Total
munitions/
year
Mission
days/year
5
5
3
5
2
2
2
2
10
10
6
10
AGM = Air-To-Ground Missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; lbs = pounds; LSDB = Laser Small Diameter Bomb; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
780th Test Squadron
Testing activities conducted by the
780th Test Squadron (780 TS) include
Precision Strike Weapon, Longbow
missile littoral testing, and several other
various future actions.
The U.S. Air Force Life Cycle
Management Center and U.S. Navy, in
cooperation with the 780 TS, conducts
Precision Strike Weapon (PSW) test
missions utilizing resources within the
Eglin Military Complex, including sites
in the EGTTR. The weapons used in
testing are the AGM–158 A and B (Joint
Air-to-Surface Standoff Missile
(JASSM), and the GBU–39/B (SDB I).
The JASSM is a precision cruise
missile designed for launch from
outside area defenses against hardened,
medium-hardened, soft, and area type
targets. The JASSM has a range of more
than 200 nmi and carries a 1,000-pound
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:46 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
warhead. The JASSM has approximately
240 pounds of 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene
(TNT) equivalent NEW. The specific
explosive used is AFX–757, a type of
plastic bonded explosive (PBX). The
JASSM would be launched more than
200 nmi from the target location.
Platforms for the launch would include
B–1, B–2, B–52, F–16, F–18, and F–15E
aircraft. Launch from the aircraft would
occur at altitudes greater than 25,000 ft.
The JASSM would cruise at altitudes
greater than 12,000 ft for the majority of
the flight profile until making the
terminal maneuver toward the target.
The SDB is a guided bomb that is an
important element of the Air Force’s
Global Strike Task Force. The SDB I
carries a 217-pound warhead with
approximately 37 pounds NEW. The
explosive used is AFX–757. The SDB I
may be launched from over 50 nmi
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
away from the target location. Platforms
for the launch include F–15E, F–16, and
AC–130W aircraft. Launch from the
aircraft occurs at altitudes greater than
5,000 ft above ground level (AGL). The
SDB I then commences a non-powered
glide to the intended target.
Up to two live and four inert JASSM
missiles per year may be launched to
impact a target at the GRATV target
location. The JASSM missile would
detonate upon impact with the target.
Although impact would typically occur
about 5 ft (1.5 m) above the water
surface, detonations are assumed to
occur at the water surface for purposes
of impacts analysis.
Additionally, up to 6 live and 12 inert
SDBs could also be deployed against
targets in the same target area. Two
SDB-Is could be launched
simultaneously during two of the live
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61380
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
missions and four of the inert missions.
Detonation of the SDBs would occur
under one of two scenarios:
• Detonation upon impact with the
target.
• Height of burst (HOB) test, which
involves detonation 7 to 14 ft (2.2 to 4.5
m) in the air above the surface target.
There would generally be only one
detonation per test event and thus no
more than one detonation in any 24hour period. In instances of a
simultaneous SDB launch scenario, two
bombs are deployed from the same
aircraft at nearly the same time to strike
the same target. It is expected that the
bombs would strike the target within
five seconds or less of each another.
Under this scenario, the detonations are
considered a single event (NEW is
doubled) for the purpose of acoustic
modeling and marine species impacts
analysis. Modeling both detonations as
a single event results in a conservative
impact estimate. PSW munitions are
shown in Table 8.
TABLE 8—SUMMARY OF ANNUAL PRECISION STRIKE WEAPON TESTS
Number of
live tests/year
Munitions
AGM–158 (JASSM) .........................................................................................
GBU–39 (SDB I) Single Launch ......................................................................
GBU–39 (SDB I) Simultaneous Launch ..........................................................
Total
number of
live
munitions
2
2
2
Total
number of
inert
munitions
Number of
inert
tests/year
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
JASSM = Joint Air-To-Surface Stand-Off Missile; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
Based on availability, one of two
potential target types would be used
during PSW tests. The first is a
Container Express (CONEX) target that
consists of up to five containers (each of
which is 8 ft 6 in. length, 6 ft 3 in. in
width and 6 ft 10.5 in. in height),
strapped, braced, and welded together
to form a single structure. The CONEX
target would be constructed on land and
shipped to the target location two to
three days prior to the test. The other
target type would be a barge target (125
ft in length, 30 ft in width and 12 ft in
height), which would also be stationed
at the target location two to three days
prior to the test. During an inert
mission, the JASSM would pass through
the target and the warhead would sink
to the bottom of the Gulf. Immediately
following impact, the JASSM recovery
team would pick up surface debris
originating from the missile and target.
Depending on the test schedule, the
target could remain in the Gulf of
Mexico for up to one month at a time.
If the target is significantly damaged,
and it is deemed impractical and unsafe
to retrieve it, the target remains could be
sunk through coordination with the U.S.
Coast Guard or Tyndall AFB.
Coordination with the U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers would be required prior to
sinking a target. PSW test activities
would occur in W–151 at the GRATV
target location. Targets are located in
approximately 115 to 120 ft of water,
about 17 miles offshore of Test Area
A–3 on Santa Rosa Island (actual
distance could range from 15 to 24 miles
offshore). This area is the same as the
Maritime WSEP test site, which is
located 17 miles offshore. Test missions
could occur during any time of the year
but during daylight hours only.
In addition to the above description,
future (Phase 2) testing of the SDB is
planned by the Air Force Operational
Test and Evaluation Center (AFOTEC)
as shown in Table 9. AFOTEC proposes
to expend two live and one inert GBU–
53 (SDB II) weapons in the EGTTR. The
live weapons would be deployed against
moving boats with a length of 30 to 40
ft, while the inert weapon would be
used against a smaller fiberglass boat.
TABLE 9—SUMMARY OF PHASE 1 AND PHASE 2 PRECISION STRIKE WEAPON LIVE TESTS
Number
of live
munitions
released
NEW
(lbs)
Weapon
AGM–158 (JASSM) .....................................................................................................................
GBU–39 (SDB I) ..........................................................................................................................
GBU–39 (SDB I) Double Shot * ...................................................................................................
GBU–53 (SDB II) .........................................................................................................................
240
37
74
22.84
Number
of inert
munitions
released
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
1
AGM = Air-To-Ground Missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; JASSM = Joint Air-To-Surface Standoff Missile; lbs = pounds; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
* NEW is doubled for each simultaneous launch.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
The 780 TS/OGMT missions have
been categorized based on the number
of weapons released per day, assuming
three mission days are planned
annually. Representative mission days
are shown in Table 10.
TABLE 10—780 TS/OGMT PRECISION STRIKE WEAPON TESTING CATERGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS
Mission
category
Munition
M ..................
N ...................
AGM–158 (JASSM) .............
GBU–39 (SDB I) .................
GBU–39 (SDB I) Double
Shot *.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
NEW
(lbs)
PO 00000
Detonation
type
240
37
74
Frm 00010
Munitions
per day
Surface ................................
Surface ................................
Surface ................................
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
Mission
days/year
2
2
2
27DEP2
1
1
........................
Total
munitions/year
2
2
2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
61381
TABLE 10—780 TS/OGMT PRECISION STRIKE WEAPON TESTING CATERGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS—
Continued
Mission
category
Munition
NEW
(lbs)
O ...................
GBU–53 (SDB II) ................
Detonation
type
22.84
Munitions
per day
Surface ................................
Mission
days/year
2
Total
munitions/year
1
2
AGM = Air-To-Ground Missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; JASSM = Joint Air-To-Surface Standoff Missile; lbs = pounds; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
* NEW is doubled for each simultaneous launch.
aircraft, although a rail gun would be
used for one test. Live warheads would
be used for some missions, while others
would involve inert warheads with a
live fuse (typically contains a very small
NEW). Total future munitions for 780
The 780 TS plans to conduct other
various testing activities that involve
targets on the water surface in the
EGTTR. Many of the missions would
target small boats or barges. Weapons
would primarily be delivered by
TS are listed in Table 11. As with the
preceding missions using live weapons,
safety zone enforcement and pre- and
post-mission marine species monitoring
would be required.
TABLE 11—780 TS ANNUAL MUNITIONS, OTHER FUTURE ACTIONS
NEW
(lbs)
Munition
Number of
releases
Proposed location
Target type
HSMST or Boston
Whaler type boat.
Barge ..............................
Barge ..............................
Water surface (2) ............
Barge (1)
Water surface .................
Small boats .....................
Small boats .....................
Joint Air-Ground Missile ..
27.41
2
Navy Rail Gun .................
Inert
1
Inert
19
5
3
W–151 (subareas A, S5,
and S6).
W–151 ............................
W–151 ............................
W–151 ............................
Inert
0.4
0.4
2
4
4
W–151 ............................
W–151A ..........................
W–151A ..........................
JDAM—Extended Range
Navy HAAWC ..................
Laser SDB (live fuse only)
SDB II Guided Test Vehicle (live fuse only).
Detonation type
1—Point Detonation 1—
Airburst.
Penetrating Rod.
Airburst.
Inert.
Inert.
Airburst or Surface.
Surface.
HAAWC = High Altitude Anti-Submarine Warfare Weapon Capability; HSMT = High Speed Maneuverable Surface Target; JDAM = Joint Direct
Attack Munition; NEW = net explosive weight; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
The 780 TS/OGMT future missions
primarily consist of one-day test events
for each type of munition. Inert
munitions and munitions being
detonated as airbursts were not
included in the development of these
scenarios because no in-water acoustic
impacts are anticipated. Therefore
representative mission days were
developed for live munitions resulting
in surface detonations, as shown in
Table 12.
TABLE 12—780 TS OTHER FUTURE ACTIONS CATEGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS
Mission
category
Munition
NEW
(lbs)
P ..............
Q .............
Joint Air-Ground Missile .........................
Laser SDB (fuse only) and SDB II Guided Test Vehicle (fuse only).
Detonation
type
27.41
0.4
Munitions
per day
Surface ..................
Surface ..................
Total
munitions/
year
Mission
days/year
1
2
1
4
1
8
HAAWC = High Altitude Anti-Submarine Warfare Weapon Capability; HSMT = High Speed Maneuverable Surface Target; JDAM = Joint Direct
Attack Munition; N/A = not applicable; NEW = net explosive weight; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
96 Operations Group
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
The 96 Operations Group (OG), which
conducts the 96 TW’s primary missions
of developmental testing and evaluation
of conventional munitions, and
command and control systems,
anticipates support of air-to-surface
missions for several user groups on an
infrequent basis. As the organization
that oversees all users of Eglin ranges,
they have the authority to approve new
missions that could be conducted in the
EGTTR. Specific details on mission
descriptions under this category have
not been determined, as this is meant to
capture future unknown activities. Subsurface detonations would be at 5 to 10
ft below the surface. Projected annual
munitions expenditures and detonation
scenarios are listed in Table 13.
TABLE 13—ANNUAL MUNITIONS FOR 96TH OPERATIONS GROUP SUPPORT
NEW
(lbs)
Munition
GBU–10 or GBU–24 .....................................................
AGM–158 (JASSM) ......................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Detonation
scenario
945
240
Fmt 4701
Subsurface ....................................................................
Surface .........................................................................
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Number
annual
releases
1
1
61382
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 13—ANNUAL MUNITIONS FOR 96TH OPERATIONS GROUP SUPPORT—Continued
NEW
(lbs)
Munition
GBU–12 or GBU–54 .....................................................
AGM–65 (Maverick) ......................................................
GBU–39 (SDB I or LSDB) ............................................
AGM–114 (Hellfire) .......................................................
105 mm full-up ..............................................................
40 mm ...........................................................................
Live fuse .......................................................................
30 mm ...........................................................................
Number
annual
releases
Detonation
scenario
192
86
37
20
4.7
0.9
0.4
0.1
Subsurface ....................................................................
Surface .........................................................................
Subsurface ....................................................................
Subsurface ....................................................................
Surface .........................................................................
Surface .........................................................................
Surface .........................................................................
Surface .........................................................................
1
2
4
20
125
600
200
5,000
AGM = air-to-ground missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; lbs = pounds; LSDB = Laser Small Diameter Bomb; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
The 96 OG future missions have been
categorized based on the number of
weapons released per day, instead of
treating each weapon release as a
separate event. This approach is meant
to satisfy NMFS requests for analysis
and modeling of accumulated energy
from multiple detonations over a 24hour timeframe. Eglin AFB used all
available information to determine these
daily estimates, including historic
release reports; however, these scenarios
may not represent exact weapon
releases because military needs and
requirements are in a constant state of
flux. The mission day scenarios for 96
OG annually are shown in Table 14.
Categories of missions for 96 OG were
grouped (similar to Maritime WSEP)
first using historical weapon releases
per day. Next, the most recent weapons
evaluation needs and requirements were
considered to develop three different
scenarios: Categories R, S, and T.
Mission-day Category R represents
munitions with larger NEW (192 to 945
pounds) and both surface and
subsurface detonations. This category
includes future requirements and
provides flexibility for the military
mission. To date, Category R levels of
activity have not been conducted under
96 OG missions, and is considered a
worst-case scenario. Category S
represents munitions with medium
levels of NEW (20 to 86 pounds)
including surface and subsurface
detonations. Category T represents
munitions with smaller NEW (0.1 to 13
pounds) and includes surface
detonations only.
TABLE 14—96 OG FUTURE MISSIONS CATEGORIZED AS REPRESENTATIVE MISSION DAYS
Mission
category
Munition
NEW
(lbs)
R ...................
GBU–10/–24 ........................
945
AGM–158 (JASSM) .............
GBU–12 or GBU–54 ...........
240
192
S ...................
AGM–65 (Maverick) ............
GBU–39 (SDB I or LSDB) ..
AGM–114 (Hellfire) .............
86
37
20
T ...................
105 mm full-up ....................
40 mm .................................
Live fuse ..............................
30 mm .................................
4.7
0.9
0.4
0.1
Detonation Type
Munitions
per day
Subsurface ..........................
(10-ft depth) .........................
Surface ................................
Subsurface ..........................
(10-ft depth) .........................
Surface ................................
Subsurface ..........................
Subsurface ..........................
(10-ft depth) .........................
Surface ................................
Surface ................................
Surface ................................
Surface ................................
Total
munitions/
year
Mission
days/year
1
1
1
1
1
........................
........................
1
1
1
2
10
2
........................
........................
2
4
20
13
60
20
500
10
........................
........................
........................
130
600
200
5,000
AGM = air-to-ground missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; HEI = high explosive incendiary; JDAM = Joint Direct Attack Munition; LJDAM = Laser
Joint Direct Attack Munition; LSDB = Laser Small Diameter Bomb; lbs = pounds; PGU = Projectile Gun Unit; mm = millimeter; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in
detail later in this document (please see
‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ and ‘‘Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting’’).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the Application
summarize available information
regarding status and trends, distribution
and habitat preferences, and behavior
and life history, of the potentially
affected species. Additional information
regarding population trends and threats
may be found in NMFS’ Stock
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
Assessment Reports (SAR;
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/), and more
general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral
descriptions) may be found on NMFS’s
website (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
species/mammals/).
Table 15 lists all species with
expected potential for occurrence in the
EGTTR that could be subjected to
acoustic impacts and summarizes
information related to the population or
stock, including regulatory status under
the MMPA and ESA and potential
biological removal (PBR), where known.
For taxonomy, we follow Committee on
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Taxonomy (2016). PBR is defined by the
MMPA as the maximum number of
animals, not including natural
mortalities, that may be removed from a
marine mammal stock while allowing
that stock to reach or maintain its
optimum sustainable population (as
described in NMFS’s SARs). While no
mortality is anticipated or authorized
here, PBR and annual serious injury and
mortality from anthropogenic sources
are included here as gross indicators of
the status of the species and other
threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates
presented in this document represent
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
the total number of individuals that
make up a given stock or the total
number estimated within a particular
study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
abundance estimates for most species
represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area,
if known, that comprises that stock. For
some species, this geographic area may
extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS’ U.S. 2016 US Atlantic and Gulf
of Mexico Marine Stock Assessment
Report (Hayes et al. 2017). All values
presented in Table 15 are the most
recent available at the time of
publication and are available in the
2016 Stock assessment report (available
61383
online at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
sars/).
As described below, two marine
mammal species (with 7 managed
stocks) temporally and spatially cooccur with the activity to the degree that
take is reasonably likely to occur, and
we have proposed authorizing it.
TABLE 15—SPECIES PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZED TAKE *
Common name
Scientific name
ESA/MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin,
most recent
abundance survey) 2
Annual
M/SI 3
PBR
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
Family Delphinidae
Common Bottlenose
dolphin.
Stenella frontalis .......
Choctawatchee Bay ..
-/-:Y
179 (0.04,173, 2007)
1.7
3.4 (0.99)
Pensacola/East Bay ..
St. Andrew Bay .........
Atlantic spotted dolphin.
Tursiops truncatus ....
-/-:Y
-/-:Y
UND
UND
UND
UND
Gulf of Mexico Northern Coastal.
Northern Gulf of Mexico Continental
Shelf.
Northern Gulf of Mexico Oceanic.
Northern Gulf of Mexico.
-/-:N
33 (0.80, UNK, 1993)
124 (0.21, UNK,
1993).
7,185 (0.21, 6,044,
2012).
51,192 (0.10, 46,926,
2012).
60
21 (0.66)
469
56 (0.42)
42
6.5 (0.65)
UND
42 (0.45)
-/-:N
-/-:N
-/-:N
5,806 (0.39, 4,230,
2009).
37,611 (0.28, UNK,
2004).
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
* Hayes et al. 2017.
1 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is
not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct
human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future.
Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
2 NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum
estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable [explain if this is the case].
3 These values, found in NMFS’s SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or
range. A CV associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
An additional 19 cetacean species
could occur within the northeastern
Gulf of Mexico, mainly occurring at or
beyond the shelf break (i.e., water depth
of approximately 200 m (656.2 ft))
located beyond the W–151A test area.
NMFS and Eglin AFB consider these 19
species to be rare or extralimital within
the W–151A test location area. These
species are the Bryde’s whale
(Balaenoptera edeni), sperm whale
(Physeter macrocephalus), dwarf sperm
whale (Kogia sima), pygmy sperm whale
(K. breviceps), pantropical spotted
dolphin (Stenella attenuata), Clymene
dolphin (S. clymene), spinner dolphin
(S. longirostris), striped dolphin (S.
coeruleoalba), Blainville’s beaked whale
(Mesoplodon densirostris), Gervais’
beaked whale (M. europaeus), Cuvier’s
beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris),
killer whale (Orcinus orca), false killer
whale (Pseudorca crassidens), pygmy
killer whale (Feresa attenuata), Risso’s
dolphin (Grampus griseus), Fraser’s
dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei), melon-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
headed whale (Peponocephala electra),
rough-toothed dolphin (Steno
bredanensis), and short-finned pilot
whale (Globicephala macrorhynchus).
Of these species, only the sperm
whale is listed as endangered under the
ESA and as depleted throughout its
range under the MMPA. Sperm whale
occurrence within W–151A is unlikely
because almost all reported sightings
have occurred in water depths greater
than 200 m (656.2 ft). The uncommon
Bryde’s whale occurs in waters at a
depth of 100–300 m and has been
proposed for listing under the ESA.
However, trained observers will be
vigilant in watching for these whales
and ensuring they are not in the ZOI
during mission activities. As such, Eglin
AFB is not anticipating or requesting
take for these species.
Because marine mammals from the
other 19 species with potential
occurrence within the northeast Gulf of
Mexico listed above are unlikely to
occur within the W–151A area, or are
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
likely to move away from the target area
in response to proposed mitigation
measures, Eglin AFB has not requested
authorization for, nor are we proposing
to authorize take for them. Thus, we do
not consider these species further in this
notice.
Below we offer a brief introduction to
the two species and relevant stocks that
are likely to be affected by testing and
training activities in the EGTTR. We
provide a summary of available
information regarding population trends
and threats, and describe any
information regarding local occurrence.
Common Bottlenose Dolphin
This species is not listed under the
ESA but is protected under the MMPA.
Along the United States east coast and
northern Gulf of Mexico, the bottlenose
dolphin stock structure is well studied.
There are currently 34 stocks identified
by NMFS in northern Gulf of Mexico
including the Continental Shelf stock,
Northern Coastal stock, Oceanic stock,
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
61384
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
and 31 bay, sound and estuary stocks
(BSE) (Waring et al. 2016).
Genetic, photo-identification, and
tagging data support the concept of
relatively discrete bay, sound, and
estuary stocks (Waring et al., 2016;
Duffield and Wells 2002). NMFS has
provisionally identified 31 such stocks
which inhabit areas of contiguous,
enclosed, or semi-enclosed water bodies
adjacent to the northern Gulf of Mexico.
The stocks are based on a description of
dolphin communities in some areas of
the Gulf coast. A community is
generally defined as resident dolphins
that regularly share a large portion of
their range; exhibit similar genetic
profiles; and interact with each other to
a much greater extent than with
dolphins in adjacent waters. Although
the shoreward boundary of W–151 is
beyond these environments, individuals
from these stocks could potentially
enter the project area. Movement
between various communities has been
documented (Waring et al., 2016;
Fazioli et al. 2006) reported that
dolphins found within bays, sounds,
and estuaries on the west central Florida
coast move into the nearby Gulf waters
used by coastal stocks. Air-to-surface
activities will occur directly seaward of
the area occupied by the
Choctawhatchee Bay stock. The best
abundance estimate for this stock, as
provided in the Stock Assessment
Report, is 179. Stocks immediately to
the west and east of Choctawhatchee
Bay include Pensacola/East Bay and St.
Andrew Bay stocks. PBR for the
Choctawhatchee Bay stock is 1.7
individuals. NMFS considers all bay,
sound, and estuary stocks to be
strategic.
Of the 31 stocks of Bay, Sound and
Estuary (BSE) bottlenose dolphins
recognized by NMFS, only 11 met the
criteria for small and resident
populations as a biologically important
area. The Choctawhatchee Bay Stock
has published data suggesting small and
resident populations; however, it was
one of the 21 remaining stocks that did
not meet the biologically important area
criteria (LaBrecque et al., 2015).
Therefore, no biologically important
areas have been identified within or
around the EGTTR Study Area.
The bottlenose dolphin is the most
widespread and common cetacean in
coastal waters of the Gulf of Mexico
¨
(Wursig et al., 2000). The species is
abundant in continental shelf waters
throughout the northern Gulf of Mexico
(Fulling et al., 2003; Waring et al.,
2016), including the outer continental
shelf, upper slope, nearshore waters, the
DeSoto Canyon region, the West Florida
Shelf, and the Florida Escarpment.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
Mullin and Fulling (2004) noted that in
oceanic waters, bottlenose dolphins are
encountered primarily in upper
continental slope waters (less than 1,000
m (3281 ft) in bottom depth) and that
highest densities are in the northeastern
Gulf. Significant occurrence is expected
near all bays in the northern Gulf.
Three coastal stocks have been
identified in the northern Gulf of
Mexico, occupying waters from the
shore to the 20-m (66-ft) isobath: Eastern
Coastal, Northern Coastal, and Western
Coastal stocks. The Western Coastal
stock inhabits nearshore waters from the
Texas/Mexico border to the Mississippi
River Delta. The Northern Coastal
stock’s range is considered to be from
the Mississippi River Delta to the Big
Bend region of Florida (approximately
84° W). The Eastern Coastal stock is
defined from 84° W to Key West,
Florida. Of the coastal stocks, the
Northern Coastal Stock is geographically
associated with the GRATV target
location. PBR is 60 individuals. Prior to
2012, this stock was not considered
strategic. However, beginning February
1, 2010 an Unusual Mortality Event of
unprecedented size and duration has
been ongoing (Litz et al., 2014) that has
resulted in NMFS’ reclassification of
this stock as strategic.
The Northern Gulf of Mexico Oceanic
stock is provisionally defined as
bottlenose dolphins inhabiting waters
from the 200-m (656-ft) isobath to the
seaward extent of the U.S. Exclusive
Economic Zone. This stock is believed
to consist of the offshore form of
bottlenose dolphins. The continental
shelf stock may overlap with the
oceanic stock in some areas and may be
genetically indistinguishable. PBR is 42
individuals, and the stock is not
considered strategic.
Sounds emitted by bottlenose
dolphins have been classified into two
broad categories: Pulsed sounds
(including clicks and burst-pulses) and
narrow-band continuous sounds
(whistles), which usually are frequency
modulated. Clicks and whistles have a
dominant frequency range of 110 to 130
kiloHertz (kHz) and a source level of
218 to 228 decibels (dB) referenced to
one microPascal-meter (dB re 1 mPa-m
peak-to-peak) (Au, 1993) and 3.4 to 14.5
kiloHertz (kHz) and 125 to 173 dB re 1
mPa-m peak-to-peak, respectively
(Ketten, 1998). Whistles are primarily
associated with communication and can
serve to identify specific individuals
(i.e., signature whistles) (Janik et al.,
2006). Sound production is influenced
by group type (single or multiple
individuals), habitat, and behavior
(Nowacek, 2005). Bray calls (lowfrequency vocalizations; majority of
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
energy below 4 kHz), for example, are
used when capturing fishes in some
regions (Janik, 2000). Additionally,
whistle production has been observed to
increase while feeding (Acevedo´
Gutierrez and Stienessen, 2004; Cook et
al., 2004). Whistles and clicks may vary
geographically in terms of overall vocal
activity, group size, and specific context
(e.g., feeding, milling, traveling, and
socializing) (Jones and Sayigh, 2002;
Zaretsky et al., 2005; Baron, 2006).
Bottlenose dolphins can hear within a
broad frequency range of 0.04 to 160
kHz (Au, 1993; Turl, 1993).
Electrophysiological experiments
suggest that the bottlenose dolphin
brain has a dual analysis system: one
specialized for ultrasonic clicks and
another for lower-frequency sounds,
such as whistles (Ridgway, 2000).
Scientists have reported a range of
highest sensitivity between 25 and 70
kHz, with peaks in sensitivity at 25 and
50 kHz (Nachtigall et al., 2000). Recent
research on the same individuals
indicates that auditory thresholds
obtained by electrophysiological
methods correlate well with those
obtained in behavior studies, except at
lower (10 kHz) and higher (80 and 100
kHz) frequencies (Finneran and Houser,
2006).
Atlantic Spotted Dolphin
The Atlantic spotted dolphin occurs
in two forms that may be distinct
subspecies (Perrin et al., 1987, 1994;
Viricel and Rosel 2014): the large,
heavily spotted form, which inhabits the
continental shelf and is usually found
inside or near the 200-m isobath; and
the smaller, less spotted island and
offshore form, which occurs in the
Atlantic Ocean but is not known to
occur in the Gulf of Mexico (Fulling et
al., 2003; Mullin and Fulling 2004;
Viricel and Rosel 2014). In the Gulf of
Mexico, Atlantic spotted dolphins occur
primarily from continental shelf waters
10–200 m deep to slope waters less than
500 m deep (Fulling et al., 2003; Mullin
and Fulling 2004).
The most recent abundance estimate
is 37,611 individuals in the northern
Gulf of Mexico (outer continental shelf
and oceanic waters) and is derived from
fall surveys in 2000–2011 and spring/
summer surveys in 2003–2004.
According to the 2016 Stock Assessment
Report, since these data are more than
8 years old, the current best population
estimate is unknown (Hayes et al.,
2017). The northern Gulf of Mexico
population is considered to be
genetically distinct from western North
Atlantic populations. PBR for this
species is undetermined and the stock is
not considered strategic.
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
A variety of sounds including
whistles, echolocation clicks, squawks,
barks, growls, and chirps have been
recorded for the Atlantic spotted
dolphin. Whistles have dominant
frequencies below 20 kHz (range: 7.1 to
14.5 kHz), but multiple harmonics
extend above 100 kHz, while burst
pulses consist of frequencies above 20
kHz (dominant frequency of
approximately 40 kHz) (Lammers et al.,
2003). Other sounds typically range in
frequency from 0.1 to 8 kHz (Thomson
and Richardson, 1995). Recorded
echolocation clicks had two dominant
frequency ranges at 40 to 50 kHz and
110 to 130 kHz, depending on source
level (Au and Herzing, 2003).
Echolocation click source levels as high
as 210 dB re 1 mPa-m peak-to-peak have
been recorded (Au and Herzing, 2003).
Spotted dolphins in the Bahamas were
frequently recorded during aggressive
interactions with bottlenose dolphins
(and their own species) to produce
squawks (0.2 to 12 kHz broad band burst
pulses; males and females), screams (5.8
to 9.4 kHz whistles; males only), barks
(0.2 to 20 kHz burst pulses; males only),
and synchronized squawks (0.1–15 kHz
burst pulses; males only in a
coordinated group) (Herzing, 1996).
Hearing ability for the Atlantic
spotted dolphin is unknown. However,
odontocetes are generally adapted to
hear in relatively high frequencies
(Ketten, 1997).
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
underwater and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Current data indicate
that not all marine mammal species
have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007)
recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups
based on directly measured or estimated
hearing ranges on the basis of available
behavioral response data, audiograms
derived using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct
measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)
described generalized hearing ranges for
these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximately 65 dB
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
threshold from the normalized
composite audiograms, with the
exception for lower limits for lowfrequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al. (2007) retained. The
hearing groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below (note
that these frequency ranges correspond
to the range for the composite group,
with the entire range not necessarily
reflecting the capabilities of every
species within that group):
• Low-frequency cetaceans
(mysticetes): Generalized hearing is
estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 35 kHz, with
best hearing estimated to be from 100
Hz to 8 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger
toothed whales, beaked whales, and
most delphinids): Generalized hearing is
estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz,
with best hearing from 10 to less than
100 kHz;
• High-frequency cetaceans
(porpoises, river dolphins, and members
of the genera Kogia and
Cephalorhynchus; including two
members of the genus Lagenorhynchus,
on the basis of recent echolocation data
and genetic data): Generalized hearing is
estimated to occur between
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
• Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true
seals): Generalized hearing is estimated
to occur between approximately 50 Hz
to 86 kHz, with best hearing between
1–50 kHz;
• Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared
seals): Generalized hearing is estimated
to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz,
with best hearing between 2–48 kHz.
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range
¨
(Hemila et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
Two marine mammal species
(common bottlenose and Atlantic
spotted dolphins) have the reasonable
potential to co-occur with the proposed
survey activities. Both species are
classified as mid-frequency cetaceans.
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that components
of the specified activity may impact
marine mammals and their habitat. The
‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section later in this
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61385
document includes a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
Analysis and Determination’’ section
considers the content of this section, the
‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section, and the ‘‘Proposed
Mitigation’’ section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts
of these activities on the reproductive
success or survivorship of individuals
and how those impacts on individuals
are likely to impact marine mammal
species or stocks.
The proposed Eglin AFB mission
activities have the potential to
incidentally take marine mammals by
exposing them to impulsive noise and
pressure waves generated by live
ordnance detonation at and below the
surface of the water. Exposure to energy
or pressure resulting from these
detonations could result in Level A
harassment (PTS and slight lung injury)
and by Level B harassment (temporary
threshold shift (TTS) and behavioral
harassment).
Description of Sound Sources
Sound travels in waves, the basic
components of which are frequency,
wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
Frequency is the number of pressure
waves that pass by a reference point per
unit of time and is measured in hertz
(Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is
the distance between two peaks of a
sound wave. Amplitude is the height of
the sound pressure wave or the
‘‘loudness’’ of a sound, and is typically
measured using the dB scale. A dB is
the ratio between a measured pressure
(with sound) and a reference pressure
(sound at a constant pressure,
established by scientific standards). It is
a logarithmic unit that accounts for large
variations in amplitude; therefore,
relatively small changes in dB ratings
correspond to large changes in sound
pressure. When referring to sound
pressure levels (SPLs; the sound force
per unit area), sound is referenced in the
context of underwater sound pressure to
1 mPa. One pascal is the pressure
resulting from a force of one newton
exerted over an area of one square
meter. The source level (SL) represents
the sound level at a distance of 1 m from
the source (referenced to 1 mPa). The
received level is the sound level at the
listener’s position. Note that we
reference all underwater sound levels in
this document to a pressure of 1 mPa,
and all airborne sound levels in this
document are referenced to a pressure of
20 mPa.
Root mean square (rms) is the
quadratic mean sound pressure over the
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
61386
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
duration of an impulse. Rms is
calculated by squaring all of the sound
amplitudes, averaging the squares, and
then taking the square root of the
average (Urick, 1983). Rms accounts for
both positive and negative values;
squaring the pressures makes all values
positive so that one can account for the
values in the summation of pressure
levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This
measurement is often used in the
context of discussing behavioral effects,
in part because behavioral effects,
which often result from auditory cues,
may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak pressures.
When underwater objects vibrate or
activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
are created. These waves alternately
compress and decompress the water as
the sound wave travels. Underwater
sound waves radiate in all directions
away from the source (similar to ripples
on the surface of a pond), except in
cases where the source is directional.
The compressions and decompressions
associated with sound waves are
detected as changes in pressure by
aquatic life and man-made sound
receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the
specified activity, the underwater
environment is typically loud due to
ambient sound. Ambient sound is
defined as environmental background
sound levels lacking a single source or
point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the
sound level of a region is defined by the
total acoustical energy being generated
by known and unknown sources. These
sources may include physical (e.g.,
waves, earthquakes, ice, and
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic sound (e.g., vessels,
dredging, aircraft, and construction). A
number of sources contribute to ambient
sound, including the following
(Richardson et al., 1995):
• Wind and waves: The complex
interactions between wind and water
surface, including processes such as
breaking waves and wave-induced
bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a
main source of naturally occurring
ambient noise for frequencies between
200 Hz and 50 kHz (Mitson 1995). In
general, ambient sound levels tend to
increase with increasing wind speed
and wave height. Surf noise becomes
important near shore, with
measurements collected at a distance of
8.5 km from shore showing an increase
of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band
during heavy surf conditions.
• Precipitation: Sound from rain and
hail impacting the water surface can
become an important component of total
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
noise at frequencies above 500 Hz, and
possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times.
• Biological: Marine mammals can
contribute significantly to ambient noise
levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The
frequency band for biological
contributions is from approximately 12
Hz to over 100 kHz.
• Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient
noise related to human activity include
transportation (surface vessels and
aircraft), dredging and construction, oil
and gas drilling and production, seismic
surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean
acoustic studies. Shipping noise
typically dominates the total ambient
noise for frequencies between 20 and
300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of
anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz;
and, if higher frequency sound levels
are created, they attenuate rapidly
(Richardson et al., 1995). Sound from
identifiable anthropogenic sources other
than the activity of interest (e.g., a
passing vessel) is sometimes termed
background sound as opposed to
ambient sound.
The sum of the various natural and
anthropogenic sound sources at any
given location and time—which
comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’
sound—depends not only on the source
levels (as determined by current
weather conditions and levels of
biological and shipping activity) but
also on the ability of sound to propagate
through the environment. In turn, sound
propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea
floor and is frequency-dependent. As a
result of the dependence on a large
number of varying factors, ambient
sound levels can be expected to vary
widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
given frequency and location can vary
by 10–20 dB from day to day
(Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
that, depending on the source type and
its intensity, sound from the specified
activity may be a negligible addition to
the local environment or could form a
distinctive signal that may affect marine
mammals.
The sounds produced by proposed
military operations in the EGTTR are
considered impulsive, which is one of
two general sound types, the other being
non-pulsed. The distinction between
these two sound types is important
because they have differing potential to
cause physical effects, particularly with
regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
discussion of these concepts.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Impulsive sound sources (e.g.,
explosions, gunshots, sonic booms, and
impact pile driving) produce signals
that are brief (typically considered to be
less than one second), broadband, atonal
transients (ANSI 1986; Harris, 1998;
NIOSH 1998; ISO 2003), and occur
either as isolated events or repeated in
some succession. These sounds have a
relatively rapid rise from ambient
pressure to a maximal pressure value
followed by a rapid decay period that
may include a period of diminishing,
oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an
increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that
lack these features.
Acoustic Impacts
Please refer to the information given
previously (Description of Sound
Sources) regarding sound,
characteristics of sound types, and
metrics used in this document.
Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad
range of frequencies and sound levels
and can have a range of highly variable
impacts on marine life, from none or
minor to potentially severe responses,
depending on received levels, duration
of exposure, behavioral context, and
various other factors. The potential
effects of underwater sound from active
acoustic sources can potentially result
in one or more of the following: Nonauditory physical or physiological
effects; temporary or permanent hearing
impairment; behavioral disturbance;
stress; and masking (Richardson et al.,
1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et
¨
al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007; Gotz et
al., 2009). The degree of effect is
intrinsically related to the signal
characteristics, received level, distance
from the source, duration of the sound
exposure, and animal’s activity at time
of exposure. In general, sudden, high
level sounds can cause hearing loss, as
can longer exposures to lower level
sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of
hearing will occur almost exclusively as
a result of exposure to noise within an
animal’s hearing range. We first describe
specific manifestations of acoustic
effects before providing discussion
specific to Eglin AFB’s activities.
Richardson et al. (1995) described
zones of increasing intensity of effect
that might be expected to occur, in
relation to distance from a source and
assuming that the signal is within an
animal’s hearing range. First is the area
within which the acoustic signal would
be audible (potentially perceived) to the
animal, but not strong enough to elicit
any overt behavioral or physiological
response. The next zone corresponds
with the area where the signal is audible
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
to the animal and of sufficient intensity
to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within
which, for signals of high intensity, the
received level is sufficient to potentially
cause discomfort or tissue damage to
auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the
area within which masking (i.e., when a
sound interferes with or masks the
ability of an animal to detect a signal of
interest that is above the absolute
hearing threshold) may occur; the
masking zone may be highly variable in
size.
We briefly describe certain nonauditory physical effects which are
categorized as Level A harassment as
defined in the MMPA. These blast
related effects include slight lung injury
and gastrointestinal (GI) tract injury
(Finneran and Jenkins, 2012).
The threshold for slight lung injury is
based on a level of lung injury from
which all exposed animals are expected
to survive (zero percent mortality)
(Finneran and Jenkins, 2012). Similar to
the mortality determination, the metric
is positive impulse and the equation for
determination is that of the Goertner
injury model (1982), corrected for
atmospheric and hydrostatic pressures
and based on the cube root scaling of
body mass (Richmond et al., 1973; U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001b). The
equation is provided in Appendix A of
the Application.
Gastrointestinal (GI) tract injuries are
correlated with the peak pressure of an
underwater detonation. GI tract injury
thresholds are based on the results of
experiments in the 1970s in which
terrestrial mammals were exposed to
small charges. The peak pressure of the
shock wave was found to be the causal
agent in recoverable contusions
(bruises) in the GI tract (Richmond et
al., 1973, in Finneran and Jenkins,
2012). The experiments found that a
peak SPL of 237 dB re 1 mPa predicts the
onset of GI tract injuries, regardless of
an animal’s mass or size. Therefore, the
unweighted peak SPL of 237 dB re 1 mPa
is used in explosive impacts
assessments as the threshold for slight
GI tract injury for all marine mammals.
Marine mammals may experience
auditory impacts when exposed to highintensity sound, or to lower-intensity
sound for prolonged periods. They may
experience hearing threshold shift (TS)
which is the loss of hearing sensitivity
at certain frequency ranges (Kastak et
al., 1999; Schlundt et al., 2000;
Finneran et al., 2002, 2005). TS can be
permanent (PTS), in which case the loss
of hearing sensitivity is not fully
recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in
which case the animal’s hearing
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
threshold would recover over time
(Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound
exposure that leads to TTS could cause
PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can
be total or partial deafness, while in
most cases the animal has an impaired
ability to hear sounds in specific
frequency ranges (Kryter 1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical
damage to the sound receptors in the ear
(i.e., tissue damage); whereas, TTS
represents primarily tissue fatigue and
is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In
addition, other investigators have
suggested that TTS is within the normal
bounds of physiological variability and
tolerance and does not represent
physical injury (e.g., Ward 1997).
Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS
to constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds have not been studied in
marine mammals. PTS data exists only
for a single harbor seal (Kastak et al.,
2008) but are assumed to be similar to
those in humans and other terrestrial
mammals. PTS typically occurs at
exposure levels at least several dB above
(a 40-dB threshold shift approximates
PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et al., 1966;
Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a
6-dB threshold shift approximates TTS
onset; e.g., Southall et al., 2007). Based
on data from terrestrial mammals, a
precautionary assumption is that the
PTS thresholds for impulse sounds
(such as bombs) are at least 6 dB higher
than the TTS threshold on a peakpressure basis and PTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds are 15
to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds
(Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher
level of sound or longer exposure
duration necessary to cause PTS as
compared with TTS, it is considerably
less likely that PTS could occur.
When a live or dead marine mammal
swims or floats onto shore and is
incapable of returning to sea, the event
is termed a ‘‘stranding’’ (16 U.S.C.
1421h(3)). Marine mammals are known
to strand for a variety of reasons, such
as infectious agents, biotoxicosis,
starvation, fishery interaction, ship
strike, unusual oceanographic or
weather events, sound exposure, or
combinations of these stressors
sustained concurrently or in series (e.g.,
Geraci et al., 1999). However, the cause
or causes of most strandings are
unknown (e.g., Best 1982).
Combinations of dissimilar stressors
may combine to kill an animal or
dramatically reduce its fitness, even
though one exposure without the other
would not be expected to produce the
same outcome (e.g., Sih et al., 2004). For
further description of stranding events
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61387
see, e.g., Southall et al., 2006; Jepson et
al., 2013; Wright et al., 2013.
Temporary threshold shift (TTS) is
the mildest form of hearing impairment
that can occur during exposure to sound
(Kryter 1985). While experiencing TTS,
the hearing threshold rises, and a sound
must be at a higher level in order to be
heard. In terrestrial and marine
mammals, TTS can last from minutes or
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS).
In many cases, hearing sensitivity
recovers rapidly after exposure to the
sound ends. Few data on sound levels
and durations necessary to elicit mild
TTS have been obtained for marine
mammals, and none of the data
published at the time of this writing
concern TTS elicited by exposure to
multiple pulses of sound.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and in interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal
may be able to readily compensate for
a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
in a non-critical frequency range that
occurs during a time where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts.
Currently, TTS data exist only for four
species of cetaceans ((bottlenose
dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus
leucas), harbor porpoise (Phocoena
phocoena), and Yangtze finless porpoise
(Neophocoena asiaeorientalis)) and
three species of pinnipeds (northern
elephant seal (Mirounga angustirostris),
harbor seal (Phoca vitulina), and
California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)) exposed to a limited
number of sound sources (i.e., mostly
tones and octave-band noise) in
laboratory settings (e.g., Finneran et al.,
2002; Nachtigall et al., 2004; Kastak et
al., 2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Popov et
al., 2011). In general, harbor seals
(Kastak et al., 2005; Kastelein et al.,
2012a) and harbor porpoises (Lucke et
al., 2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have
a lower TTS onset than other measured
pinniped or cetacean species.
Additionally, the existing marine
mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these
species. There are no data available on
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
61388
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes. For summaries of data on
TTS in marine mammals or for further
discussion of TTS onset thresholds,
please see Southall et al. (2007) and
Finneran and Jenkins (2012).
Behavioral disturbance may include a
variety of effects, including subtle
changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief
avoidance of an area or changes in
vocalizations), more conspicuous
changes in similar behavioral activities,
and more sustained and/or potentially
severe reactions, such as displacement
from or abandonment of high-quality
habitat. Behavioral responses to sound
are highly variable and context-specific
and any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, and time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
reactions can vary not only among
individuals but also within an
individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source,
context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
depending on characteristics associated
with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of
sources, and distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
et al. (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an
animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the
absence of unpleasant associated events
(Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
likely to habituate to sounds that are
predictable and unvarying. It is
important to note that habituation is
appropriately considered as a
‘‘progressive reduction in response to
stimuli that are perceived as neither
aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
more generally, moderation in response
to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
As noted, behavioral state may affect the
type of response. For example, animals
that are resting may show greater
behavioral change in response to
disturbing sound levels than animals
that are highly motivated to remain in
an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
Controlled experiments with captive
marine mammals have shown
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound
sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran
et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild
marine mammals to loud pulsed sound
sources (typically seismic airguns or
acoustic harassment devices) have been
varied, but often consist of avoidance
behavior or other behavioral changes
suggesting discomfort (Morton and
Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et
al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
Available studies show wide variation
in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict
specifically how any given sound in a
particular instance might affect marine
mammals perceiving the signal. If a
marine mammal does react briefly to an
underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone to
the stock or population. However, if a
sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on individuals and populations
could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). There are broad categories of
potential response, which we describe
in greater detail here, that include
alteration of dive behavior, alteration of
foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
interference with or alteration of
vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely and may consist of increased or
decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
Frankel and Clark, 2000; Costa et al.,
2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al.; 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a, b).
Variations in dive behavior may reflect
interruptions in biologically significant
activities (e.g., foraging), or they may be
of little biological significance. The
impact of an alteration to dive behavior
resulting from an acoustic exposure
depends on what the animal is doing at
the time of the exposure and the type
and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be
difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
by observed displacement from known
foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of
behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal
presentation, as well as differences in
species sensitivity, are likely
contributing factors to differences in
response in any given circumstance
(e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
al., 2007). A determination of whether
foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
Variations in respiration naturally
vary with different behaviors, and
alterations to breathing rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Various studies have shown that
respiration rates may either be
unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics,
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
2005b, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007).
Marine mammals vocalize for
different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation
click production, calling, and singing.
Changes in vocalization behavior in
response to anthropogenic noise can
occur for any of these modes and may
result from a need to compete with an
increase in background noise or may
reflect increased vigilance or a startle
response. For example, in the presence
of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales
have been observed to increase the
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
while right whales have been observed
to shift the frequency content of their
calls upward while reducing the rate of
calling in areas of increased
anthropogenic noise (Parks et al.,
2007b). In some cases, animals may
cease sound production during
production of aversive signals (Bowles
et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an
individual from an area or migration
path as a result of the presence of a
sound or other stressors, and is one of
the most obvious manifestations of
disturbance in marine mammals
(Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
gray whales are known to change
direction—deflecting from customary
migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Avoidance may be short-term,
with animals returning to the area once
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
1994; Goold 1996; Stone et al., 2000;
Morton and Symonds 2002; Gailey et
al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is
possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution
patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the
presence of the sound does not occur
(e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change
in normal movement to a directed and
rapid movement away from the
perceived location of a sound source.
The flight response differs from other
avoidance responses in the intensity of
the response (e.g., directed movement,
and rate of travel). Relatively little
information on flight responses of
marine mammals to anthropogenic
signals exist, although observations of
flight responses to the presence of
predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus 1996). The result of a flight
response could range from brief,
temporary exertion and displacement
from the area where the signal provokes
flight to, in extreme cases, marine
mammal strandings (Evans and England
2001). However, it should be noted that
response to a perceived predator does
not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and
Reeves 2008), and whether individuals
are solitary or in groups may influence
the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also
impact marine mammals in subtler
ways. Increased vigilance may result in
costs related to diversion of focus and
attention (i.e., when a response consists
of increased vigilance, it may come at
the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or
resting). These effects have generally not
been demonstrated for marine
mammals, but studies involving fish
and terrestrial animals have shown that
increased vigilance may substantially
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
and Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;
Purser and Radford 2011). In addition,
chronic disturbance can cause
population declines through reduction
of fitness (e.g., decline in body
condition) and subsequent reduction in
reproductive success, survival, or both
(e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a fiveday period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions,
such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
cycle). Disruptions of such functions
resulting from reactions to stressors
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
such as sound exposure are more likely
to be significant if they last more than
one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response
lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not
considered particularly severe unless it
could directly affect reproduction or
survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and
multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
example, just because an activity lasts
for multiple days does not necessarily
mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for
multiple days or, further, exposed in a
manner resulting in sustained multi-day
substantive behavioral responses.
An animal’s perception of a threat
may be sufficient to trigger stress
responses consisting of some
combination of behavioral responses,
autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune
responses (e.g., Seyle 1950; Moberg
2000). In many cases, an animal’s first
and sometimes most economical (in
terms of energetic costs) response is
behavioral avoidance of the potential
stressor. Autonomic nervous system
responses to stress typically involve
changes in heart rate, blood pressure,
and gastrointestinal activity. These
responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often
involve the hypothalamus-pituitaryadrenal system. Virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are
affected by stress—including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism,
and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction,
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61389
functions. This state of distress will last
until the animal replenishes its
energetic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair and
Becker 2000; Romano et al., 2002b) and,
more rarely, studied in wild populations
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For
example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship
traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in
North Atlantic right whales. These and
other studies lead to a reasonable
expectation that some marine mammals
will experience physiological stress
responses upon exposure to acoustic
stressors and that it is possible that
some of these would be classified as
‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal
experiencing TTS would likely also
experience stress responses (NRC,
2003).
Auditory masking occurs when sound
disrupts behavior by masking or
interfering with an animal’s ability to
detect, recognize, or discriminate
between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions,
prey detection, predator avoidance, and
navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995).
Masking occurs when the receipt of a
sound is interfered with by another
coincident sound at similar frequencies
and at similar or higher intensity, and
may occur whether the sound is natural
(e.g., snapping shrimp, wind, waves,
and precipitation) or anthropogenic
(e.g., shipping, sonar, and seismic
exploration) in origin. The ability of a
noise source to mask biologically
important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source
and the signal of interest (e.g., signal-tonoise ratio, temporal variability, and
direction), in relation to each other and
to an animal’s hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical
ratios, frequency discrimination,
directional discrimination, age or TTS
hearing loss), and existing ambient
noise and propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine
mammals experiencing significant
masking could also be impaired from
maximizing their performance fitness in
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
61390
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
survival and reproduction. Therefore,
when the coincident (masking) sound is
man-made, it may be considered
harassment when disrupting or altering
critical behaviors. It is important to
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist
after the sound exposure, from masking,
which occurs during the sound
exposure. Because masking (without
resulting in TS) is not associated with
abnormal physiological function, it is
not considered a physiological effect,
but it may result in a behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially
masking sound is important in
determining any potential behavioral
impacts. For example, low-frequency
signals may have less effect on highfrequency echolocation sounds
produced by odontocetes, but are more
likely to affect detection of mysticete
communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds
such as those produced by surf and
some prey species. The masking of
communication signals caused by
anthropogenic noise may be considered
as a reduction in the communication
space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
and may result in energetic or other
costs as animals change their
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
2007b; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et
al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in
situations where the signal and noise
come from different directions
(Richardson et al., 1995), through
amplitude modulation of the signal, or
through other compensatory behaviors
(Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can
be tested directly in captive species
(e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild
populations it must be either modeled
or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies
addressing real-world masking sounds
likely to be experienced by marine
mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et
al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and
receivers of acoustic signals and can
potentially have long-term chronic
effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the
individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by
as much as 20 dB (more than three times
in terms of SPL) in the world’s oceans
from pre-industrial periods, with most
of the increase from distant commercial
shipping (Hildebrand 2009). All
anthropogenic sound sources, but
especially chronic and lower-frequency
signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound
levels, thus intensifying masking.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
Acoustic Effects, Underwater
Explosive detonations at the water
surface send a shock wave and sound
energy through the water and can
release gaseous by-products, create an
oscillating bubble, or cause a plume of
water to shoot up from the water
surface. The shock wave and
accompanying noise are of most concern
to marine animals. Depending on the
intensity of the shock wave and size,
location, and depth of the animal, an
animal can be injured, killed, suffer
non-lethal physical effects, experience
hearing related effects with or without
behavioral responses, or exhibit
temporary behavioral responses (e.g.,
flight responses, temporary avoidance)
from hearing the blast sound. Generally,
exposures to higher levels of impulse
and pressure levels would result in
greater impacts to an individual animal.
The effects of underwater detonations
on marine mammals are dependent on
several factors, including the size, type,
and depth of the animal; the depth,
intensity, and duration of the sound; the
depth of the water column; the substrate
of the habitat; the standoff distance
between activities and the animal; and
the sound propagation properties of the
environment. Thus, we expect impacts
to marine mammals from EGTTR
activities to result primarily from
acoustic pathways. As such, the degree
of the effect relates to the received level
and duration of the sound exposure, as
influenced by the distance between the
animal and the source. The further away
from the source, the less intense the
exposure should be.
The potential effects of underwater
detonations from the proposed EGTTR
mission activities may include one or
more of the following: Temporary or
permanent hearing impairment, nonauditory physical or physiological
effects, behavioral disturbance, and
masking (Richardson et al., 1995;
Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Southall et al., 2007). However,
the effects of noise on marine mammals
are highly variable, often depending on
species and contextual factors (based on
Richardson et al., 1995).
In the absence of mitigation, impacts
to marine species could result from
physiological and behavioral responses
to both the type and strength of the
acoustic signature (Viada et al., 2008).
The type and severity of behavioral
impacts are more difficult to define due
to limited studies addressing the
behavioral effects of impulsive sounds
on marine mammals.
Hearing Impairment and Other
Physical Effects—Marine mammals
exposed to high intensity sound
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
repeatedly or for prolonged periods can
experience hearing threshold shift.
Given the available data, the received
level of a single pulse (with no
frequency weighting) might need to be
approximately 186 dB re 1 mPa2-s (i.e.,
186 dB sound exposure level (SEL) or
approximately 221–226 dB p-p (peak))
in order to produce brief, mild TTS.
Exposure to several strong pulses that
each have received levels near 190 dB
rms (175–180 dB SEL) might result in
cumulative exposure of approximately
186 dB SEL and thus slight TTS in a
small odontocete, assuming the TTS
threshold is (to a first approximation) a
function of the total received pulse
energy.
Non-auditory Physiological Effects—
Non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
marine mammals exposed to strong
underwater sound include stress and
other types of organ or tissue damage
(Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007).
Serious Injury/Mortality: The
explosions from munitions would send
a shock wave and blast noise through
the water, release gaseous by-products,
create an oscillating bubble, and cause
a plume of water to shoot up from the
water surface. The shock wave and blast
noise are of most concern to marine
animals. In general, potential impacts
from explosive detonations can range
from brief effects (such as short term
behavioral disturbance), tactile
perception, physical discomfort, slight
injury of the internal organs, and death
of the animal (Yelverton et al., 1973;
O’Keeffe and Young 1984). Physical
damage of tissues resulting from a shock
wave (from an explosive detonation)
constitutes an injury. Blast effects are
greatest at the gas-liquid interface
(Landsberg 2000) and gas-containing
organs, particularly the lungs and
gastrointestinal tract, are especially
susceptible to damage (Goertner 1982;
Yelverton et al., 1973). Nasal sacs,
larynx, pharynx, trachea, and lungs may
be damaged by compression/expansion
caused by the oscillations of the blast
gas bubble (Reidenberg and Laitman
2003). Severe damage (from the shock
wave) to the ears can include tympanic
membrane rupture, fracture of the
ossicles, cochlear damage, hemorrhage,
and cerebrospinal fluid leakage into the
middle ear.
Non-lethal injury includes slight
injury to internal organs and the
auditory system; however, delayed
lethality can be a result of individual or
cumulative sublethal injuries (DoN
2001). Immediate lethal injury would be
a result of massive combined trauma to
internal organs as a direct result of
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
proximity to the point of detonation
(DoN 2001).
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Disturbance Reactions
Because the few available studies
show wide variation in response to
underwater sound, it is difficult to
quantify exactly how sound from
military operations at the EGTTR would
affect marine mammals. It is likely that
the onset of surface detonations could
result in temporary, short term changes
in an animal’s typical behavior and/or
avoidance of the affected area. These
behavioral changes may include
(Richardson et al., 1995): Changing
durations of surfacing and dives,
number of blows per surfacing, moving
direction and/or speed; reduced/
increased vocal activities; changing/
cessation of certain behavioral activities
(such as socializing or feeding); visible
startle response or aggressive behavior
(such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw
clapping); or avoidance of areas where
sound sources are located.
The biological significance of any of
these behavioral disturbances is difficult
to predict, especially if the detected
disturbances appear minor. However
generally, one could expect the
consequences of behavioral
modification to be biologically
significant if the change affects growth,
survival, or reproduction. Significant
behavioral modifications that could
potentially lead to effects on growth,
survival, or reproduction include:
• Drastic changes in diving/surfacing
patterns (such as those thought to cause
beaked whale stranding due to exposure
to military mid-frequency tactical
sonar);
• Habitat abandonment due to loss of
desirable acoustic environment; and
• Cessation of feeding or social
interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance
from anthropogenic sound depends on
both external factors (characteristics of
sound sources and their paths) and the
specific characteristics of the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography) and is difficult
to predict (Southall et al., 2007).
Auditory Masking
While it may occur temporarily, we
do not expect auditory masking to result
in detrimental impacts to an
individual’s or population’s survival,
fitness, or reproductive success.
Dolphin movement is not restricted
within EGTTR area, allowing for
movement out of the area to avoid
masking impacts, and the sound
resulting from the detonations is short
in duration. Also, masking is typically
of greater concern for those marine
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
mammals that utilize low frequency
communications, such as baleen whales
and, as such, is not likely to occur for
marine mammals in the EGTTR area.
Vessel and Aircraft Presence
The marine mammals most vulnerable
to vessel strikes are slow-moving and/or
spend extended periods of time at the
surface in order to restore oxygen levels
within their tissues after deep dives
(e.g., North Atlantic right whales
(Eubalaena glacialis), fin whales, and
sperm whales). Smaller marine
mammals, including dolphins, are agile
and move more quickly through the
water, making them less susceptible to
ship strikes.
Aircraft produce noise at frequencies
that are well within the frequency range
of cetacean hearing and also produce
visual signals such as the aircraft itself
and its shadow (Richardson et al., 1995,
Richardson and Wursig, 1997). A major
difference between aircraft noise and
noise caused by other anthropogenic
sources is that the sound is generated in
the air, transmitted through the water
surface and then propagates underwater
to the receiver, diminishing the received
levels significantly below what is heard
above the water’s surface. Sound
transmission from air to water is greatest
in a sound cone 26 degrees directly
under the aircraft.
There are fewer reports of reactions of
odontocetes to aircraft than those of
pinnipeds. Responses to aircraft by
pinnipeds include diving, slapping the
water with pectoral fins or tail fluke, or
swimming away from the track of the
aircraft (Richardson et al., 1995). The
nature and degree of the response, or the
lack thereof, are dependent upon the
nature of the flight (e.g., type of aircraft,
altitude, straight vs. circular flight
pattern). Wursig et al. (1998) assessed
the responses of cetaceans to aerial
surveys in the north central and western
Gulf of Mexico using a DeHavilland
Twin Otter fixed-wing airplane. The
plane flew at an altitude of 229 m (751.3
ft) at 204 km/hr (126.7 mph) and
maintained a minimum of 305 m (1,000
ft) straight line distance from the
cetaceans. Water depth was 100 to 1,000
m (328 to 3,281 ft). Bottlenose dolphins
most commonly responded by diving
(48 percent), while 14 percent
responded by moving away. Other
species (e.g., beluga (Delphinapterus
leucas) and sperm whales) show
considerable variation in reactions to
aircraft but diving or swimming away
from the aircraft are the most common
reactions to low flights (less than 500 m;
1,640 ft).
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61391
Direct Strike by Ordnance
Another potential risk to marine
mammals is direct strike by ordnance,
in which the ordnance physically hits
an animal. Although strike from an item
at the surface of the water while the
animals are at the surface is possible,
the potential risk of a direct hit to an
animal within the target area would be
low. Marine mammals spend the
majority of their time below the surface
of the water, and the potential for one
bomb or missile to hit that animal at
that specific time is highly unlikely. The
2002 Eglin Gulf Test and Training
Range (EGTTR) Programmatic
Environmental Assessment (Navy 2002)
estimated that a maximum of 0.2 marine
mammals could potentially be struck by
projectiles, falling debris, and inert
munitions each year.
Anticipated Effects on Habitat
The primary sources of marine
mammal habitat impact are noise and
pressure waves resulting from live
weapon detonations. However, neither
the noise nor overpressure constitutes a
long-term physical alteration of the
water column or ocean floor. Further,
these effects are not expected to
substantially affect prey availability, are
of limited duration, and are
intermittent. Impacts to marine fish
were analyzed in the Eglin Gulf Test
and Training Range Environmental
Assessment (Department of the Air
Force, 2015). While detonations of live
ordnance from EGTTR activities have
the potential to kill or injure marine
fish, most fish species experience large
numbers of natural mortalities. Any
behavioral reactions of fish in the
vicinity of underwater detonations
would be relatively short term,
localized, and are not expected to have
lasting effects on the survival, growth,
or reproduction of fish populations.
Additionally, the relatively small levels
of mortality potentially caused by
EGTTR missions would not likely affect
fish populations as a whole and would
therefore not limit prey availability for
marine mammals.
Other factors related to air-to-surface
activities that could potentially affect
marine mammal habitat include the
introduction of metals, explosives and
explosion by-products, other chemical
materials, and debris into the water
column and substrate due to the use of
munitions and target vessels. The effects
of each were analyzed under National
Environmental Policy Act
documentation (Eglin Gulf Test and
Training Range Environmental
Assessment; in preparation) and were
determined to not be significant. The
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
61392
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
analysis in the Range Environmental
Assessment is provided in the following
paragraphs.
Various metals would be introduced
into the water column through
expended munitions. The casings, fins,
or other parts of large munitions such as
bombs and missiles are typically
composed primarily of steel but usually
also contain small amounts of lead,
manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, copper,
nickel, and several other metals (U.S.
Navy, 2013). Many smaller caliber
rounds contain aluminum, copper, and
zinc. Aluminum is also present in some
explosive materials such as tritonal and
PBXN–109. Lead is present in batteries
typically used in vessels such as the
remotely controlled target boats. Many
metals occur naturally in seawater at
varying concentrations and some, such
as aluminum, would not necessarily be
detrimental to the substrate or water
column. However, at high
concentrations, a number of metals (e.g.,
lead) may be toxic to microbial
communities in the substrate.
Munitions and other metal items
would sink to the seafloor and would
typically undergo one of three
processes: (1) Enter the sediment where
there is reduced oxygen content, (2)
remain exposed on the ocean floor and
begin to react with seawater, or (3)
remain exposed on the ocean floor and
become encrusted with marine
organisms. The rate of deterioration
would therefore depend on the specific
composition of an item and its position
relative to the seafloor/water column.
Munitions located deep in the sediment
would typically undergo slow
deterioration. Some portion of the metal
ions would become bound to sediment
particles. Metal materials exposed to
seawater would begin to slowly corrode.
This process typically creates a layer of
corroded material between the seawater
and metal, which slows the movement
of the metal ions into the adjacent
sediment and water column. Therefore,
elevated levels of metals in sediment
would be restricted to a small zone
around the munitions, and releases to
the overlying water column would be
diluted. A similar process would occur
with munitions that become covered by
marine growth. Direct exposure to
seawater would be reduced, thereby
decreasing the rate of corrosion.
Munitions that come to rest on the
seafloor would slowly corrode and
would release small amounts of metals
to adjacent sediment and the water
column. Metal particles that migrate
into the water column would be diluted
by diffusion and water movement.
Elevated concentrations would be
localized and would not be expected to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
significantly affect overall local or
regional water quality. This expectation
is supported by the results of two U.S.
Navy studies related to munitions use
and water quality, as summarized in
U.S. Navy (2013). In one study, water
quality sampling for lead, manganese,
nickel, vanadium, and zinc was
conducted at a shallow bombing range
in Pamlico Sound off North Carolina
immediately following a bomb training
event with inert practice munitions.
With the exception of nickel, all water
quality parameters tested were within
the state limits. The nickel
concentration was significantly higher
than the state criterion, although the
concentration did not differ
significantly from a control site located
outside the bombing range. This
suggests that bombing activities may not
have been responsible for the elevated
nickel concentration. The second study,
conducted by the U.S. Marine Corps,
included sediment and water quality
sampling for 26 munitions constituents
at several water training ranges. Metals
included lead and magnesium. No
levels were detected above screening
values used at the water ranges.
Chemical materials with potential to
affect substrates and the water column
include explosives, explosion byproducts, and fuel, oil, and other fluids
(including battery acid) associated with
vessel operations and the use of
remotely controlled target boats.
Explosives are complex chemical
mixtures that may affect water or
sediment quality through the byproducts of their detonation and the
distribution of unconsumed explosives.
Some of the more common types of
explosive materials used in air-tosurface activities include tritonal and
research department explosive (RDX).
Tritonal is primarily composed of 2,4,6trinitrotoluene (TNT). Therefore,
discussion in the remainder of this
section will consider TNT and RDX to
be representative of all explosives.
During detonation, energetic
compounds may undergo high-order
(complete) detonation or low-order
(incomplete) detonation, or they may
fail to detonate altogether. High-order
detonations consume almost all of the
explosive material, with the remainder
released into the environment as
discrete particles. Analysis of live-fire
detonations on terrestrial ranges have
indicated that over 99.9 percent of TNT
and RDX explosive material is typically
consumed during a high-order
detonation (USACE, 2003). Pennington
et al. (2006) reported a median value of
0.006 percent and 0.02 percent for TNT
and RDX residue, respectively,
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
remaining after detonation. The annual
total NEW for all combined munitions is
30,488 pounds. Using the more
conservative (higher) value of 0.02
percent for residual material, a total of
about 6.1 pounds of explosive material
could be deposited into the EGTTR
annually. For purposes of analysis, it
may be conservatively assumed that all
residual materials are deposited
simultaneously and remain within
W–151A and within the top 10 ft of the
water column (10 ft is the maximum
detonation scenario for any munition).
In this case, the resulting concentration
of explosive material would be about 8
× 10¥8 milligrams/liter (mg/L). In
reality, the materials would be
dispersed throughout a larger surface
area and water volume by currents,
waves, and wind (for in-air
detonations). Although there are no
regulatory standards specifically for
explosive materials in marine waters,
this value may be compared with the
Department of Defense Range and
Munitions Use Working Group marine
screening value for the amount of C–4
(another type of explosive composed of
mostly RDX) remaining after detonation
(as provided in U.S. Navy, 2013). The
screening value is 5 mg/L, which is
many orders of magnitude greater than
the concentration calculated above.
Various by-products are produced
during and immediately after detonation
of TNT and RDX. During the brief time
that a detonation is in progress,
intermediate products may include
carbon ions, nitrogen ions, oxygen ions,
water, hydrogen cyanide, carbon
monoxide, nitrogen gas, nitrous oxide,
cyanic acid, and carbon dioxide (Becker,
1995). However, reactions quickly occur
between the intermediates, and the final
products consist mainly of carbon (i.e.,
soot), carbon dioxide (CO2), water,
carbon monoxide (CO), and nitrogen gas
(Swisdak, 1975). These substances are
natural components of seawater. Other
products, occurring at substantially
lower concentrations, include hydrogen,
ammonia, methane, and hydrogen
cyanide, among others.
After detonation, the residual
explosive materials and detonation byproducts would be dispersed
throughout the northern Gulf of Mexico
by diffusion and by the action of wind,
waves, and currents. A portion of the
carbon compounds, such as CO and
CO2, would likely become integrated
into the carbonate system (alkalinity
and pH buffering capacity of seawater).
Some of the nitrogen and carbon
compounds would be metabolized or
assimilated by phytoplankton and
bacteria. Most of the gas products that
do not react with the water or become
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
assimilated by organisms would be
released to the atmosphere. In addition,
many of the detonations would occur in
the air or at the water surface. In these
cases, some portion of the by-products
could be widely distributed by wind.
Given that the residual concentration of
explosive material would be small, that
most of the explosion by-products
would be harmless or natural seawater
constituents, and that by-products
would dissipate or be quickly diluted,
impacts resulting from high-order
detonations would be negligible.
Low-order detonations consume a
lower percentage of the explosive; and,
therefore, a portion of the material is
available for release into the
environment. If the ordnance fails to
detonate, the entire amount of energetic
compound remains largely intact and is
released to the environment over time as
the munition casing corrodes. The
likelihood of incomplete detonations is
not quantified; however, the portion of
munitions that could fail to detonate
(i.e., duds) has been estimated at
between about 3 and 5 percent (USACE,
2007; Rand Corporation, 2005). Due to
the potential dud rate, number of live
munitions included in the 2015 REA,
and NEW in each munition, an unestimable but small amount of explosive
material (TNT and RDX, among others)
could enter the EGTTR annually
through unexploded munitions.
However, most of this material would
not be available to the marine
environment immediately. Explosive
material would diffuse into the water
through screw threads, cracks, or
pinholes in the munition casings.
Therefore, movement of explosive
material into the water column would
likely be a slow process, potentially
ranging from months to decades.
After leaving the munition casing,
explosive material would enter the
sediment or water column. Similar to
the discussion of explosive by-products
above, chemical materials in the water
column would be dispersed by currents
and would eventually become
uniformly distributed throughout the
northern Gulf of Mexico. Explosive
materials in the water column would
also be subject to biotic (biological) and
abiotic (physical and chemical)
transformation and degradation,
including hydrolysis, ultraviolet
radiation exposure, and biodegradation.
The results of a recent investigation
suggest that TNT is rapidly degraded in
marine environments by biological and
photochemical processes (Walker et al.,
2006). Marine ecosystems are generally
nitrogen limited compared with
freshwater systems, and marine
microbes such as bacteria may therefore
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
readily use TNT metabolites (e.g.,
ammonia and ammonium). TNT that is
not biodegraded may sorb (bind to by
absorption or adsorption) onto
particulates, break down into dissolved
organic matter, or dissolve into the
water column. TNT is also subject to
photochemical degradation, known as
photolysis, whereby the ultraviolet
component of sunlight degrades the
compound into products similar to
those produced by biodegradation.
Photolysis is more effective in waters of
shallower depth and/or with greater
clarity. Uptake and metabolism of TNT
has also been noted in phytoplankton. It
is assumed that similar processes could
affect other explosives such as RDX.
The results of studies of UXO in
marine environments generally suggest
that there is little overall impact to
water quality resulting from the
leaching of explosive material. Various
researchers have studied an area in
Halifax Harbor, Nova Scotia, where
UXO was deposited in 1945. Rodacy et
al. (2000) reported that explosives
signatures were detectable in 58 percent
of water samples, but that marine
growth was observed on most of the
exposed ordnance. TNT metabolites,
suspected to result from biological
decomposition, were also detected. In
an earlier study (Darrach et al. 1998),
sediment collected near unexploded
(but broken) ordnance did not indicate
the presence of TNT, whereas samples
near intact ordnance showed trace
explosives in the range of low parts per
billion or high parts per trillion. The
authors concluded that, after 50 years,
the contents of broken munitions had
dissolved, reacted, biodegraded, or
photodegraded and that intact
munitions appear to be slowly releasing
their contents through corrosion
pinholes or screw threads.
Hoffsommer et al. (1972) analyzed
seawater (as well as sediment and ocean
floor fauna) at known munitions
dumping sites off Washington State and
South Carolina for the presence of TNT,
RDX, tetryl, and ammonium
perchlorate. None of these materials
were found in any of the samples.
Walker et al. (2006) sampled seawater
and sediment at two offshore sites
where underwater demolition was
conducted using 10-pound charges of
TNT and RDX. Residual TNT and RDX
were below the detection limit in
seawater, including samples collected in
the plume within five minutes of
detonation.
Additional materials produced during
air-to-surface activities would include
petroleum products (primarily fuel and
oil in target boats), battery acid, and
plastics. Increased use of remotely
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61393
controlled target boats and mission
support vessels would increase the
potential for fuel, oil, and battery acid
to be deposited in the water (primarily
through destruction of target boats).
When hydrocarbons enter the ocean, the
lighter-weight components evaporate,
degrade by sunlight, and undergo
chemical degradation. Many
constituents are also consumed by
microbes. Higher-weight molecular
compounds are more resistant to
degradation and tend to persist after
these processes have occurred.
Microbial breakdown of PCBs has been
documented in estuarine and marine
sediments (Agency for Toxic Substances
and Disease, 2000). In addition, currents
would disperse any hydrocarbons
produced during test and training
activities. It is anticipated that potential
impacts to water quality due to
petroleum-based products would be
insignificant. Similarly, battery acid,
while possibly having a temporary and
local effect on the water column, would
be quickly dispersed and diluted by
water currents.
Debris deposited on the seafloor
would include spent munitions
fragments and possibly pieces of targets
(fiberglass, plywood, etc.). Debris would
not appreciably affect the sandy
seafloor. Debris moved by water
currents could scour the bottom, but
sediments would quickly refill any
affected areas, and overall effects to
benthic communities would be minor.
Large pieces of debris would not be as
prone to movement on the seafloor and
could result in beneficial effects by
providing habitat for encrusting
organisms, fish, and other marine fauna.
Target boats have foam-filled hulls, and
most of the pieces are designed to float
in order to facilitate collection for a
damage assessment. Overall, the
quantity of material deposited on the
seafloor would be small compared with
other sources of debris in the Gulf of
Mexico. Hardbottom habitats and
artificial reefs would be avoided when
possible through location of target sites
and training missions and would not be
likely to be affected by debris. There is
a potential for some debris to be carried
by currents and interact with the
substrate, but damage to natural or
artificial reefs is not expected and the
impacts would not be significant.
Previous Monitoring Results
Below is a summary of annual marine
mammal monitoring reports required as
part of LOAs and IHAs issued to Eglin
AFB. AFSOC gunnery missions were
scheduled over nine days in 2012, three
days in 2013, 10 days in 2014, and eight
days in 2015. There was no recorded
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61394
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
take of marine mammals during this
time period. Thirteen days of maritime
strike operations took place in 2013 and
2014 with no recorded takes. WSEP
missions were held over four days in
2015 and five days in 2016 with no
observable takes before, during, and
after each mission. In summary, Eglin
AFB reports that since 2012 no
observable take of marine mammals has
occurred incidental to numerous
missions and mission activities in the
EGTTR.
While we anticipate that the specified
activity may result in marine mammals
avoiding certain areas due to temporary
ensonification, this impact to habitat
and prey species would be temporary
and reversible. The main impact
associated with the proposed activity
would be temporarily elevated noise
levels and the associated direct effects
on marine mammals, previously
discussed in this notice. Marine
mammals are anticipated to temporarily
vacate the area of live detonations.
However, these events are usually of
short duration, and animals are
anticipated to return to the activity area
during periods of non-activity. Thus,
based on the preceding discussion, we
do not anticipate that the proposed
activity would have any habitat-related
effects that could cause significant or
long-term consequences for individual
marine mammals or their populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through this LOA,
which will inform NMFS’ consideration
of the negligible impact determination.
For this military readiness activity,
the MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: (i)
Any act that injures or has the
significant potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild (Level A Harassment); or (ii) Any
act that disturbs or is likely to disturb
a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of natural behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration,
surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering, to a point where such
behavioral patterns are abandoned or
significantly altered (Level B
Harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be
by Level B harassment, as use of
explosive sources has the potential to
result in disruption of behavioral
patterns and TTS for individual marine
mammals. There is also some potential
for auditory injury and tissue damage
(Level A harassment) to result. The
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures are expected to minimize the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
severity of such taking to the extent
practicable. As described previously, no
mortality is anticipated or proposed to
be authorized for this activity. Below we
describe how the take is estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we
estimate take by considering: (1)
Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS
believes the best available science
indicates marine mammals will be
behaviorally harassed or incur some
degree of permanent hearing
impairment; (2) the area or volume of
water that will be ensonified above
these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within
these ensonified areas; and, (4) and the
number of days of activities. Below, we
describe these components in more
detail and present the proposed take
estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
Using the best available science,
NMFS has developed acoustic
thresholds that identify the received
level of underwater sound above which
exposed marine mammals would be
reasonably expected to be behaviorally
harassed (equated to Level B
harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Thresholds have also been developed to
identify the pressure levels above which
animals may incur different types of
tissue damage from exposure to pressure
waves from explosive detonation.
The criteria and thresholds used to
estimate potential pressure and energy
impacts to marine mammals resulting
from detonations were obtained from
Finneran and Jenkins (2012). Criteria
used to analyze impacts to marine
mammals include mortality, harassment
that causes or is likely to cause injury
(Level A) and harassment that disrupts
or is likely to disrupt natural behavior
patterns (Level B). Each category is
discussed below with additional details
provided in Appendix A of the
application.
Mortality
Mortality risk assessment may be
considered in terms of direct injury,
which includes primary blast injury and
barotrauma. The potential for direct
injury of marine mammals has been
inferred from terrestrial mammal
experiments and from post-mortem
examination of marine mammals
believed to have been exposed to
underwater explosions (Finneran and
Jenkins, 2012; Ketten et al., 1993;
Richmond et al., 1973). Actual effects
on marine mammals may differ from
terrestrial animals due to anatomical
and physiological differences, such as a
reinforced trachea and flexible thoracic
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
cavity, which may decrease the risk of
injury (Ridgway and Dailey, 1972).
Primary blast injuries result from the
initial compression of a body exposed to
a blast wave, and is usually limited to
gas-containing structures (e.g., lung and
gut) and the auditory system (U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001b).
Barotrauma refers to injuries caused
when large pressure changes occur
across tissue interfaces, normally at the
boundaries of air-filled tissues such as
the lungs. Primary blast injury to the
respiratory system may be fatal
depending upon the severity of the
trauma. Rupture of the lung may
introduce air into the vascular system,
producing air emboli that can restrict
oxygen delivery to the brain or heart.
Whereas a single mortality threshold
was previously used in acoustic impacts
analysis, species-specific thresholds are
currently required. Thresholds are based
on the level of impact that would cause
extensive lung injury to one percent of
exposed animals (i.e., an impact level
from which one percent of exposed
animals would not recover). (Finneran
and Jenkins, 2012). The threshold
represents the expected onset of
mortality, where 99 percent of exposed
animals would be expected to survive.
Most survivors would have moderate
blast injuries. The lethal exposure level
of blast noise, associated with the
positive impulse pressure of the blast, is
expressed as Pa·s and is determined
using the Goertner (1982) modified
positive impulse equation. This
equation incorporates source/animal
depths and the mass of a newborn calf
for the affected species. The threshold is
conservative because animals of greater
mass can withstand greater pressure
waves, and newborn calves typically
make up a very small percentage of any
cetacean group.
For the actions described in this
proposed LOA, two species are expected
to occur within the EGTTR Study Area:
The bottlenose dolphin and the Atlantic
spotted dolphin. Finneran and Jenkins
(2012) provide known or surrogate
masses for newborn calves of several
cetacean species. For the bottlenose
dolphin, this value is 14 kilograms (kg)
(31 pounds). Values are not provided for
the Atlantic spotted dolphin and,
therefore, a surrogate species, the
striped dolphin (Stenella coeruleoalba),
is used. The mass provided for a
newborn striped dolphin calf is 7 kg (15
pounds). Impacts analysis for the
unidentified dolphin group (assumed to
consist of bottlenose and Atlantic
striped dolphins) conservatively used
the mass of the smaller spotted dolphin.
The Goertner equation, as presented in
Finneran and Jenkins (2012) is used in
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Injury (Level A Harassment)
Potential injuries that may occur to
marine mammals include blast related
injury: Gastrointestinal (GI) tract injury
and slight lung injury, and irrecoverable
auditory damage. These injury
categories are all types of Level A
harassment as defined in the MMPA.
Slight Lung Injury—This threshold is
based on a level of lung injury from
which all exposed animals are expected
to survive (zero percent mortality)
(Finneran and Jenkins, 2012). Similar to
the mortality determination, the metric
is positive impulse and the equation for
determination is that of the Goertner
injury model (1982), corrected for
atmospheric and hydrostatic pressures
and based on the cube root scaling of
body mass (Richmond et al., 1973; U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001b). The
equation is provided in Table 16.
Gastrointestinal Tract Injuries—GI
tract injuries are correlated with the
peak pressure of an underwater
detonation. GI tract injury thresholds
are based on the results of experiments
in the 1970s in which terrestrial
mammals were exposed to small
charges. The peak pressure of the shock
wave was found to be the causal agent
in recoverable contusions (bruises) in
the GI tract (Richmond et al., 1973, in
Finneran and Jenkins, 2012). The
experiments found that a peak SPL of
237 dB re 1 mPa predicts the onset of GI
tract injuries, regardless of an animal’s
mass or size. Therefore, the unweighted
peak SPL of 237 dB re 1 mPa is used in
explosive impacts assessments as the
threshold for slight GI tract injury for all
marine mammals.
Auditory Damage (PTS)—Another
type of injury, permanent threshold
shift or PTS, is auditory damage that
does not fully recover and results in a
permanent decrease in hearing
sensitivity. As there have been no
studies to determine the onset of PTS in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
marine mammals, this threshold is
estimated from available information
associated with TTS. According to
research by the Navy (Navy, 2017) PTS
thresholds are defined differently for
three groups of cetaceans based on their
hearing sensitivity: Low frequency, midfrequency, and high frequency.
Bottlenose and Atlantic spotted
dolphins that are the subject of the
EGTTR acoustic impacts analysis both
fall within the mid-frequency hearing
category. The PTS thresholds use dual
criteria, one based on cumulative SEL
and one based on peak SPL of an
underwater blast. For a given analysis,
the more conservative of the two is
applied to afford the most protection to
marine mammals. The mid-frequency
cetacean criteria for PTS are provided in
Table 16.
Non-Injurious Impacts (Level B
Harassment)
Two categories of Level B harassment
are currently recognized: Temporary
threshold shift (TTS) and behavioral
impacts. Although TTS is a
physiological impact, it is not
considered injury because auditory
structures are temporarily fatigued
instead of being permanently damaged.
TTS—Non-injurious effects on marine
mammals, such as TTS, are generally
extrapolated from data on terrestrial
mammals (Southall et al., 2007). Similar
to PTS, dual criteria are provided for
TTS thresholds, and the more
conservative is typically applied in
impacts analysis. TTS criteria are based
on data from impulse sound exposures
when available. According to the most
recent data (Navy, 2017) the TTS onset
thresholds for mid-frequency cetaceans
are based on TTS data from a beluga
whale exposed to an underwater
impulse produced from a seismic
watergun. The TTS thresholds consist of
the SEL of an underwater blast weighted
to the hearing sensitivity of midfrequency cetaceans and an unweighted
peak SPL measure. The dual thresholds
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
for TTS in mid-frequency cetaceans are
provided in Table 16.
Behavioral Impacts
Behavioral impacts refer to
disturbances that may occur at sound
levels below those considered to cause
TTS in marine mammals, particularly in
cases of multiple detonations. During an
activity with a series of explosions (not
concurrent multiple explosions shown
in a burst), an animal is expected to
exhibit a startle reaction to the first
detonation followed by a behavioral
response after multiple detonations. At
close ranges and high sound levels,
avoidance of the area around the
explosions is the assumed behavioral
response in most cases. Other
behavioral impacts may include
decreased ability to feed, communicate,
migrate, or reproduce, among others.
Such effects, known as sub-TTS Level B
harassment, are based on observations
of behavioral reactions in captive
dolphins and beluga whales exposed to
pure tones, a different type of noise than
that produced from an underwater
detonation (Finneran and Schlundt,
2004; Schlundt et al., 2000). For
multiple, successive detonations (i.e.,
detonations happening at the same
location within a 24-hour period), the
threshold for behavioral disturbance is
set 5 dB below the SEL-based TTS
threshold, unless there are species- or
group-specific data indicating that a
lower threshold should be used. This is
based on observations of behavioral
reactions in captive dolphins and
belugas occurring at exposure levels
approximately 5 dB below those causing
TTS after exposure to pure tones
(Finneran and Jenkins, 2012; Finneran
and Schlundt, 2004; Schlundt et al.,
2000).
Table 16 outlines the explosive
thresholds, based on the best available
science, used by NMFS to predict the
onset of disruption of natural behavior
patterns, PTS, tissue damage, and
mortality.
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
EP27DE17.003
the acoustic model to develop impacts
analysis in this LOA request. The
equation is provided in Table 16.
61395
61396
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
Marine Mammal Occurrence
Bottlenose and Atlantic spotted
dolphin density estimates used in this
document were obtained from Duke
University Marine Geospatial Ecology
Lab Reports (Roberts et al., 2016) which
integrated 23 years of aerial and
shipboard surveys, linked them to
environmental covariates obtained from
remote sensing and ocean models, and
built habitat-based density models using
distance sampling methodology. For
bottlenose dolphins, geographic
modeling strata from MMPA stock
boundaries and seasonal strata were not
defined because of the lack of
information about seasonality in the
Gulf of Mexico, as well as substantial
spatial and seasonal biases in survey
efforts (Roberts et al., 2015a). Therefore,
bottlenose dolphin numbers were
modeled in the Gulf of Mexico using a
single year-round model. Similarly for
Atlantic spotted dolphins, there is no
evidence that this species migrates or
exhibits seasonal patterns in the Gulf of
Mexico, so a single, year-round model
that incorporated all available survey
data was used (Roberts et al., 2015b).
The model results are available at the
OBIS–SEAMAP repository found online
(https://seamap.env.duke.edu/).
Two marine mammal density
estimates were calculated for this
proposed LOA. One density estimate is
considered a large-scale estimate and is
used for missions that could occur
anywhere in W–151A, shoreward of the
200-m isobath. The mission sets that
utilize the entire W–151A area include
AFSOC’s Air-to-Surface Gunnery
Training Operations and 413 FLTS’s
AC–130J Precision Strike Package
Gunnery Testing (Scenarios D, E, F, G,
and H). The other density estimate is
considered a fine-scale estimate and is
used for missions that are proposed
specifically around the GRATV target
area. The mission sets that utilize the
nearshore GRATV target location are
86th FWS Maritime WSEP, 413 FLTS
AC–130J and AC–130W Stand-Off
Precision Guided Munitions Testing,
780th TS Precision Strike Weapons, 780
TS/OGMT future missions, and 96th OG
future missions (Scenarios A, B, C, and
I through T). Using two different density
estimates based on the mission locations
accounts for the differences between
inshore and offshore distribution of
bottlenose and Atlantic spotted
dolphins, and provides more realistic
take calculations.
Raster data provided online from the
Duke University Marine Geospatial
Ecology Lab Report was imported into
ArcGIS and overlaid onto the
W–151A area. Density values for each
species were provided in 10 x 10 km
boxes. The large-scale estimates for
W–151A were obtained by averaging the
density values of these 100 km2 boxes
within the W–151A boundaries and
converted to number of animals per
km2. Fine-scale estimates were
calculated by selecting nine 100 km2
boxes centered around the GRATV
target location and averaging the density
values from those boxes. Large-scale and
fine-scale density estimates are
provided in Table 17.
TABLE 17—MARINE MAMMAL DENSITY ESTIMATES FOR EGTTR TESTING AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES
Large-scale
density estimate a
(animals per km2)
Species
Bottlenose dolphin c .........................................................................................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin d .................................................................................................................
Fine-scale
density estimate b
(animals per km2)
0.276
0.160
0.433
0.148
a Large-scale
estimates incorporate the entire W–151A area.
estimates incorporate the nine 10 km2 boxes centered around the GRATV location.
c Densities derived from Roberts et al. 2015a.
d Densities derived from Roberts et al. 2015b.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
b Fine-scale
Density estimates usually assume that
animals are uniformly distributed
within the prescribed area, even though
this is likely rarely true. Marine
mammals are often clumped in areas of
greater importance, for example, in
areas of high productivity, lower
predation, safe calving, etc.
Furthermore, assuming that marine
mammals are distributed evenly within
the water column does not accurately
reflect behavior. Databases of behavioral
and physiological parameters obtained
through tagging and other technologies
have demonstrated that marine animals
use the water column in various ways.
Some species conduct regular deep
dives while others engage in much
shallower dives, regardless of bottom
depth. Assuming that all species are
evenly distributed from surface to
bottom can present a distorted view of
marine mammal distribution in any
region. Density is assumed to be twodimensional, and exposure estimates
are, therefore, simply calculated as the
product of affected area, animal density,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:46 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
and number of events. The resulting
exposure estimates are considered
conservative, because all animals are
presumed to be located at the same
depth, where the maximum sound and
pressure ranges would extend from
detonations, and would, therefore, be
exposed to the maximum amount of
energy or pressure. In reality, it is highly
likely that some portion of marine
mammals present near the impact area
at the time of detonation would be at
various depths in the water column and
not necessarily occur at the same depth
corresponding to the maximum sound
and pressure ranges.
A mission-day based analysis was
utilized in order to model accumulated
energy over a 24-hour timeframe where
each mission-day scenario would be
considered a separate event. As
described previously, Eglin AFB
developed multiple mission-day
categories separated by mission groups
and estimated the number of days each
category would be executed annually. In
total, there are 20 different mission-day
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
scenarios included in the acoustic
analysis Labeled A–T. Table 18 below
summarizes the number of days each
mission-day scenario, or event, would
be conducted annually in the EGTTR.
TABLE 18—ANNUAL NUMBER OF DAYS
PROPOSED FOR EACH MISSION CATEGORY DAY
Mission groups
86 FWS Maritime WSEP .....
AFSOC Air-to-Surface Gunnery ..................................
413 FLTS PSP Gunnery .....
413 FLTS SOPGM ..............
780 TS Precision Strike
Weapon ...........................
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Mission
category
day
Number
of
mission
days/year
A
B
C
2
4
2
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
25
45
3
4
4
2
2
2
2
M
N
O
1
1
1
61397
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 18—ANNUAL NUMBER OF DAYS determine exposure estimates. Below is
PROPOSED FOR EACH MISSION CAT- a summary of the methodology for those
modeling efforts. Appendix A in the
EGORY DAY—Continued
Mission groups
780 TS Other Tests ............
96 OG Future Missions .......
Mission
category
day
Number
of
mission
days/year
P
Q
R
S
T
1
4
1
2
10
Take Calculation and Estimation
Eglin AFB completed acoustic
modeling to determine the distances
from their explosive ordnance
corresponding to NMFS’ explosive
thresholds. These distances were then
used with each species’ density to
application provides additional details.
The maximum estimated range, or
radius, from the detonation point to the
point at which the various thresholds
extend for all munitions proposed to be
released in a 24-hour time period was
calculated based on explosive acoustic
characteristics, sound propagation, and
sound transmission loss in the EGTTR.
Results are shown in Table 19. These
calculations incorporated water depth,
sediment type, wind speed, bathymetry,
and temperature/salinity profiles.
Transmission loss was calculated from
the explosive source depth down to an
array of water depth bins (0 to 160 m).
Impact volumes were computed for each
explosive source (based on the total
number of munitions released on a
representative mission day). The impact
volume is a cylinder extending from
surface to seafloor, centered at the
sound source with a radius set equal to
the maximum range, Rmx, across all
depths and azimuths at which the
particular metric is still above the
threshold. The total energy for all
weapons released as part of a
representative mission day was
calculated to assess impacts from the
accumulated energy resulting from
multiple weapon releases within a 24hour period. The number of animals
impacted is computed by multiplying
the area of a circle with radius Rmax, by
the original animal density given in
animal per km2.
TABLE 19—THRESHOLD RADII (IN KILOMETERS) FOR EGTTR AIR-TO-SURFACE TESTING AND TRAINING
Mortality
Mission-day
category
Level A harassment
Slight lung
injury
Modified
Goertner
Model 1
Modified
Goertner
Model 2
Level B harassment
TTS
GI Tract
Injury
237 dB SPL
Behavioral
PTS
185 dB SEL
170 dB SEL
230 dB
Peak SPL
224 dB
Peak SPL
165 dB SEL
Bottlenose Dolphin
A ........................................................................
B ........................................................................
C ........................................................................
D ........................................................................
E ........................................................................
F ........................................................................
G ........................................................................
H ........................................................................
I .........................................................................
J .........................................................................
K ........................................................................
L ........................................................................
M .......................................................................
N ........................................................................
O ........................................................................
P ........................................................................
Q ........................................................................
R ........................................................................
S ........................................................................
T ........................................................................
0.427
0.107
0.037
0.024
0.01
0.003
0.024
0.006
0.023
0.045
0.057
0.057
0.12
0.076
0.047
0.051
0.007
0.427
0.142
0.024
0.768
0.225
0.085
0.055
0.024
0.007
0.055
0.015
0.054
0.101
0.128
0.128
0.249
0.168
0.107
0.115
0.016
0.768
0.286
0.055
0.348
0.156
0.083
0.059
0.034
0.019
0.059
0.025
0.059
0.096
0.117
0.117
0.22
0.149
0.101
0.107
0.026
0.348
0.156
0.059
1.039
0.43
0.32
0.254
0.232
0.096
0.167
0.097
0.125
0.167
0.164
0.2
0.211
0.202
0.136
0.116
0.073
0.811
0.692
0.224
0.705
0.317
0.169
0.12
0.069
0.033
0.12
0.051
0.119
0.195
0.237
0.237
0.447
0.302
0.204
0.217
0.053
0.705
0.317
0.12
5.001
2.245
1.128
0.982
0.878
0.218
0.552
0.229
0.328
0.555
0.541
0.654
0.761
0.671
0.432
0.271
0.149
4.316
3.941
0.837
1.302
0.585
0.312
0.222
0.126
0.062
0.222
0.093
0.22
0.36
0.438
0.438
0.825
0.557
0.376
0.4
0.098
1.302
0.585
0.222
8.155
3.959
1.863
1.413
1.252
0.373
0.809
0.432
0.572
0.812
0.795
0.953
1.123
0.982
0.64
0.527
0.207
6.883
5.132
1.209
1.039
0.43
0.32
0.254
0.232
0.096
0.167
0.097
0.125
0.167
0.164
0.2
0.211
0.202
0.136
0.116
0.073
0.811
0.692
0.224
0.705
0.317
0.169
0.12
0.069
0.033
0.12
0.051
0.119
0.195
0.237
0.237
0.447
0.302
0.204
0.217
0.053
0.705
0.317
0.12
5.001
2.245
1.128
0.982
0.878
0.218
0.552
0.229
0.328
0.555
0.541
0.654
0.761
0.671
0.432
0.271
0.149
4.316
3.941
0.837
1.302
0.585
0.312
0.222
0.126
0.062
0.222
0.093
0.22
0.36
0.428
0.438
0.825
0.557
0.376
0.4
0.098
1.302
0.585
0.222
8.155
3.959
1.863
1.413
1.252
0.373
0.809
0.432
0.572
0.812
0.795
0.953
1.123
0.982
0.64
0.527
0.207
6.883
5.132
1.209
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Atlantic Spotted Dolphin
A ........................................................................
B ........................................................................
C ........................................................................
D ........................................................................
E ........................................................................
F ........................................................................
G ........................................................................
H ........................................................................
I .........................................................................
J .........................................................................
K ........................................................................
L ........................................................................
M .......................................................................
N ........................................................................
O ........................................................................
P ........................................................................
Q ........................................................................
R ........................................................................
S ........................................................................
T ........................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:46 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
0.504
0.133
0.047
0.03
0.013
0.004
0.03
0.008
0.03
0.057
0.072
0.072
0.15
0.096
0.06
0.065
0.009
0.504
0.172
0.03
PO 00000
0.886
0.266
0.104
0.067
0.03
0.009
0.067
0.018
0.067
0.124
0.157
0.157
0.29
0.201
0.131
0.141
0.02
0.886
0.336
0.067
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
0.348
0.156
0.083
0.059
0.034
0.019
0.059
0.025
0.059
0.096
0.117
0.117
0.22
0.149
0.101
0.107
0.026
0.348
0.156
0.059
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61398
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
The ranges presented above were used
to calculate the total area (circle) of the
zones of influence for each criterion/
threshold. To eliminate ‘‘doublecounting’’ of animals, impact areas from
higher impact categories (e.g., mortality)
were subtracted from areas associated
with lower impact categories (e.g., Level
A harassment). The estimated number of
marine mammals potentially exposed to
the various impact thresholds was
calculated with a two-dimensional
approach, as the product of the adjusted
impact area, animal density, and annual
number of events for each mission-day
category. The calculations generally
resulted in decimal values, suggesting
that, in most cases, a fraction of an
animal was exposed. The results were
therefore rounded at the annual
mission-day level and then summed for
each criterion to obtain total annual take
estimates from all EGTTR mission
activities. A ‘‘take’’ is considered to
occur for SEL metrics if the received
level is equal to or above the associated
threshold within the appropriate
frequency band of the sound received,
adjusted for the appropriate weighting
function value of that frequency band.
Similarly, a ‘‘take’’ would occur for
impulse and peak SPL metrics if the
received level is equal to or above the
associated threshold. For impact
categories with multiple criteria (e.g.,
slight lung injury, GI tract injury, and
PTS for Level A harassment) and criteria
with two thresholds (e.g., 187 dB SEL
and 230 peak SPL for PTS), the criterion
and/or threshold that yielded the higher
exposure estimate was used for
detonation impact analyses shows the
total numbers of marine mammals
potentially affected by all EGTTR testing
and training mission activities annually
(See Table 20). These exposure
estimates do not take into account the
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures which are expected to
decrease the potential for impacts.
Acoustic analysis results indicate the
potential for injury and non-injurious
harassment (including behavioral
harassment) to marine mammals in the
absence of mitigation measures.
Mortality was calculated as one (1) for
bottlenose dolphins and zero (0) for
Atlantic spotted dolphin. However,
because the modeling is conservative
and it did not include implementation
of the mitigation and monitoring
measures, the likelihood of mortality is
small and the potential for Level A
harassment takes would be significantly
reduced. As such, NMFS is not
proposing to authorize any take due to
mortality.
Animals from the Northern Gulf of
Mexico stock of spotted dolphins and
the Northern Gulf of Mexico Continental
shelf stock of bottlenose dolphins are
likely to be affected. There is also a
chance that a limited number of
bottlenose dolphins from the Gulf of
Mexico Northern Coastal stock could be
affected. Animals from this stock are
known to occur in waters greater than
20 m in depth. Even though the 20 m
isopleth delineates the stock’s range, it
is an artificial boundary used for
management purposes and is not
ecologically based. However, most of
the bottlenose dolphins potentially
affected would be part of the Northern
Gulf of Mexico Continental shelf stock.
TABLE 20—TOTAL NUMBER OF MARINE MAMMALS POTENTIALLY AFFECTED ANNUALLY BY AIR-TO-SURFACE TESTING AND
TRAINING MISSIONS IN THE EGTTR
Level A harassment
Species
Slight lung
injury
Level B harassment
PTS
(SEL)
TTS
(SEL)
Behavioral
Bottlenose dolphin ...........................................................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin ...................................................................................
2
0
7
2
220
85
315
120
Total ..........................................................................................................
2
9
305
435
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an LOA under
Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, ‘‘and other means of effecting
the least practicable impact on such
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
such species or stock for taking’’ for
certain subsistence uses (latter not
applicable for this action).
The NDAA of 2004 amended the
MMPA as it relates to military-readiness
activities and the incidental take
authorization process such that ‘‘least
practicable adverse impact’’ shall
include consideration of personnel
safety, practicality of implementation,
and impact on the effectiveness of the
military readiness activity.
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, we carefully consider two
primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat. This considers
the nature of the potential adverse
impact being mitigated (likelihood,
scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned) and the
likelihood of effective implementation
(probability of being implemented as
planned); and
(2) the practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost,
impact on operations, and, in the case
of a military readiness activity,
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness
activity.
Mitigation for Marine Mammals and
Their Habitat
Eglin AFB has proposed potential
practicable and effective mitigation
measures, which include a careful
balancing of the likely benefit of any
particular measure to the marine
mammals with the likely effect of that
measure on personnel safety,
practicality of implementation, and
impact on the military-readiness
activity. Proposed mitigation measures
include the following:
Timing Restrictions—With the
exception of gunnery operations,
missions will take place no earlier than
two hours after sunrise. This measure
provides observers with adequate
visibility necessary for two hour premission monitoring. Missions must also
be completed at least 30 minutes before
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
sunset which will allow adequate
visibility for post-mission monitoring.
Trained Observers—All monitoring
will be conducted by personnel who
have completed Eglin’s Marine Species
Observer Training Course, which was
developed in cooperation with NMFS.
This training includes a summary of
environmental laws, consequences of
non-compliance, description of an
observer’s role, pictures and
descriptions of protected species and
protected species indicators, survey
methods, monitoring requirements, and
reporting procedures. The training will
be provided to user groups either
electronically or in person by an Eglin
AFB representative. Any person acting
as an observer for a particular mission
must have completed the training
within the year prior to the mission.
Names of personnel who have
completed the training will be
submitted to Eglin AFB along with the
date of completion. In cases where
multiple survey platforms are required
to cover large survey areas, a Lead
Biologist will be designated to lead all
monitoring efforts and coordinate
sighting information with the Test
Director or Safety Officer.
Pre- and Post-Mission Monitoring—
For each live mission, at a minimum,
pre- and post-mission monitoring will
be required. Missions will occur no
earlier than two hours after sunrise and
no later than two hours prior to sunset
to ensure adequate daylight for pre- and
post-mission monitoring, with the
exception of AFSOC and the 413 FLTS
gunnery missions. In those cases,
aircrews will utilize aircraft
instrumentation and sensors to monitor
the area.
Monitoring will be conducted from a
given platform depending on the
specific mission. The purposes of premission monitoring are to (1) evaluate
the mission site for environmental
suitability and (2) verify that the ZOI is
free of visually detectable marine
mammals and potential marine mammal
indicators. Air Force range clearing
vessels and protected species survey
vessels will be on-site at least two hours
prior to the mission. Vessel-based
surveys will begin approximately one
and one-half hours prior to live weapon
deployment. Surveys will continue for
approximately one hour or until the
entire ZOI has been adequately
surveyed, whichever comes first. At
approximately 30 minutes prior to live
weapon deployment, marine species
observers will be instructed to leave the
mission site and remain outside the
safety zone, which on average will be 15
miles from the detonation point.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
The duration of pre-mission surveys
will depend on the area required to be
surveyed and survey platforms (vessels
versus aircraft). All marine mammal
sightings including the species (if
possible), number, location, and
behavior of the animals will be
documented on report forms that will be
submitted to Eglin AFB after each
mission. Missions will be postponed,
relocated, or cancelled based on the
presence of protected species within the
survey areas.
Post-mission monitoring is designed
to determine the effectiveness of premission mitigation by reporting
sightings of any dead or injured marine
mammals. Post-detonation monitoring
surveys will commence once the
mission has ended or, if required, as
soon as the mission area is declared
safe. Vessels will move into the survey
area from outside the safety zone and
monitor for at least 30 minutes. The
duration of post-mission surveys will
vary based on survey platform. Similar
to pre-mission surveys, all sightings
would be properly documented on
report forms and submitted to Eglin
AFB. Any authorized marine mammals
that are detected in the ZOI during postmission surveys will be counted as
Level B takes.
If any marine mammals are killed or
injured as a result of the mission, Eglin
AFB would be contacted immediately.
Observers would document the species
or description of the animal, location,
and behavior and, if practicable, take
pictures and maintain visual contact
with the animal. Eglin AFB must notify
the Director, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, or designee, by
telephone (301–427–8401), and the
Southeast Regional Office (phone within
24 hours of the injury or death) and
await further instructions or the arrival
of a response team on-site, if feasible.
Activities shall cease and not resume
until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
Mission Delay under Poor Sea State
Conditions—Weather conducive to
marine mammal monitoring is required
to effectively conduct the pre- and postmission surveys. Wind speed and the
resulting surface conditions are critical
factors affecting observation
effectiveness. Higher winds typically
increase wave height and create
‘‘whitecap’’ conditions, both of which
limit an observer’s ability to locate
marine species at or near the surface.
Air-to-surface missions will be delayed
or rescheduled if the sea state is greater
than number 4 as listed in Table 21 at
the time of the mission. Protected
species observers or the Lead Biologist
will make the final determination of
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61399
whether or not conditions are conducive
to sighting protected species.
TABLE 21—SEA STATE SCALE FOR
EGTTR PRE-MISSION SURVEYS
Sea state No.
Sea conditions
0 ...................
Flat, calm, no waves or ripples.
Light air, winds 1–2 knots;
wave height to 1 foot; ripples without crests.
Light breeze, winds 3–6
knots; wave height 1–2
feet; small wavelets, crests
not breaking.
Gentle breeze, winds 7–10
knots; wave height 2–3.5
feet; large wavelets, scattered whitecaps.
Moderate breeze, winds 11–
16 knots; wave height 3.5–
6 feet; breaking crests, numerous whitecaps.
1 ...................
2 ...................
3 ...................
4 ...................
Visibility is also a critical factor for
flight safety issues when aerial surveys
are being conducted. Therefore, a
minimum ceiling of 305 m (1,000 ft) and
visibility of 5.6 km (3 nmi) is required
to support monitoring efforts and flight
safety concerns.
Determination of ZOI Survey Areas—
The ZOI is defined as the area or
volume of ocean in which marine
mammals could be exposed to various
pressure or acoustic energy levels
caused by exploding ordnance. Each
threshold range listed in Table 19
represents a radius of impact for a given
threshold of each munition/detonation
scenario. These ranges will be used for
determining the size of the area required
to be monitored during pre-mission
surveys for each activity. For any
mission involving live munitions (other
than gunnery rounds) an area extending
out to the PTS harassment range for the
corresponding mission-day scenario
will be completely cleared of marine
mammals prior to release of the first live
ordnance. Depending on the missionday scenario, the corresponding radius
could be between 73 m for a live fuse
surface detonation associated with
mission-day scenario Q, and 1,039 m
associated with mission-day scenario A.
This would help ensure that no marine
mammals will be within any of the
Level A harassment or mortality zones
during a live detonation event,
significantly reducing the potential for
these types of impacts to occur.
Some missions will be delayed to
allow survey platforms to evacuate the
human safety zone after pre-missions
surveys are completed. For these
delayed missions, Eglin proposes to
include a buffer around the survey area
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61400
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
that would extend to the TTS
harassment zone for the corresponding
mission-day scenario. This would
double, and in some cases triple, the
size of the survey area for the PTS zone.
This buffer will mitigate for the
potential that an animal outside the area
during pre-mission surveys would enter
the Level A harassment or mortality
zones during a mission. However,
missions that consist solely of gunnery
testing and training operations will
actually survey larger areas based on
previously established safety profiles
and the ability to conduct aerial surveys
of large areas from mission aircraft.
These ranges are shown in Table 22.
Comparing the monitoring area below
with behavioral harassment threshold
radii for Atlantic spotted dolphins for
mission-day categories D through H
(between 0.4 km and 1.4 km (0.2 and 0.8
nmi)) shows that a much larger area will
be covered by this monitoring
procedure.
Mission Delay Associated with
Animals in Zone of Influence— A
mission delay of live ordnance mission
activities will occur if a protected
species, large schools of fish, or large
flocks of birds feeding at the surface are
observed within the Level B harassment
ZOI. Mission activities cannot resume
until one of the following conditions is
met: (1) Marine mammal is confirmed to
be outside of the ZOI on a heading away
from the target area; (2) marine mammal
is not seen again for 30 minutes and
presumed to be outside the Level A ZOI;
or (3) large groupings of fish or birds
leading to required delay are confirmed
outside the ZOI.
Mission Abort if Sperm or Baleen
Whales observed during Pre-mission
Monitoring—Marine mammal species
found in the Gulf of Mexico, including
the federally listed sperm whale and the
Bryde’s whale, which is proposed for
ESA listing, occur with greater
regularity in waters over and beyond the
continental shelf break. To avoid
impacts to the sperm whale, AFSOC has
agreed to conduct all gunnery missions
within (shoreward of) the 200-m
isobath, which is considered to be the
shelf break for purposes of this
document. Furthermore, mission
activities will be aborted/suspended for
the remainder of the day if one or more
sperm or baleen whales are detected
during pre-mission monitoring activities
as no takes of these species have been
authorized. This measure will
incidentally provide greater protection
to several other species as well. Trained
observers will also be instructed to be
vigilant in ensuring Bryde’s whales are
not in the ZOI.
TABLE 22—MONITORING AREA RADII FOR GUNNERY MISSIONS
Operational
altitude
Aircraft
Gunnery round
Monitoring area
Monitoring altitude
AC–130 gunship ...................................
25 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 105 mm (FU
and TR).
.50 cal, 7.62 mm .................................
5 nmi (9,260 m) ....
6,000 ft .................
15,000–20,000 ft.
3 nmi (5,556 m) ....
1,000 ft .................
1,000 ft.
CV–22 Osprey ......................................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
cal = caliber; ft = feet; FU = full up; m = meters; mm = millimeter; nmi = nautical miles; TR = Training Round.
Mitigation Measures for Gunnery
Actions—Eglin AFB has identified and
required implementation of operational
mitigation measures for gunnery
missions, including development of the
105-mm TR, use of ramp-up procedures
(explained below), re-initiation of
species surveys if live fire activities are
interrupted for more than 10 minutes,
and eliminating missions conducted
over waters beyond the continental
shelf.
The largest type of ammunition used
during gunnery missions is a 105-mm
round, which contains 4.7 pounds of
high explosive (HE). This is several
times more HE than that found in the
next largest round (40 mm). As a
mitigation technique, the Air Force
developed a 105-mm TR that contains
only 0.35 pounds of HE. The TR was
developed to substantially reduce the
risk of harassment during nighttime
operations, when visual surveying for
marine mammals is of limited
effectiveness (however, monitoring by
use of the AC–130’s instrumentation is
effective at night).
Ramp-up procedures refer to the
process of beginning with the least
impactive action and proceeding to
more impactive actions. In the case of
gunnery activities, ramp-up procedures
entail beginning a mission with the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
lowest caliber munition and proceeding
to the highest, which means the
munitions would be fired in the order
of 25 mm, 40 mm, and 105 mm. The
rationale for the procedure is that this
process may allow marine species to
perceive steadily increasing noise levels
and to react, if necessary, before the
noise reaches a threshold of
significance.
If use of gunship weapons is
interrupted for more than 10 minutes,
Eglin AFB would be required to
reinitiate applicable protected species
surveys in the ZOI to ensure that no
marine mammal species entered into the
ZOI during that time.
The AC–130 gunship weapons are
used in two phases. First, the guns are
checked for functionality and calibrated.
This step requires an abbreviated period
of live fire. After the guns are
determined ready for use, the aircraft
deploys a flare onto the surface of the
water as a target, and the mission
proceeds under various test and training
scenarios. This second phase involves a
more extended period of live fire and
can incorporate use of one or any
combination of the munitions available
(25-mm, 40-mm, and 105-mm rounds).
A ramp-up procedure will be required
for the initial calibration phase and,
after this phase, the guns may be fired
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in any order. Eglin AFB believes this
process will allow marine species the
opportunity to respond to increasing
noise levels. If an animal leaves the area
during ramp-up, it is unlikely to return
during the live-fire mission. This
protocol provides a more realistic
training experience for aircrews. In
combat situations, gunship crews would
not necessarily fire the complete
ammunition load of a given caliber gun
before proceeding to another gun.
Rather, a combination of guns might be
used as required by real-time situations.
An additional benefit of this protocol is
that mechanical or ammunition
problems with an individual gun can be
resolved while live fire continues with
functioning weapons. This diminishes
the possibility of pause in live fire
lasting 10 minutes or more, which
would necessitate reinitiation of
protected species surveys.
Based on our evaluation of Eglin
AFB’s proposed measures, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the
proposed mitigation measures provide
the means effecting the least practicable
impact on the affected species or stocks
and their habitat, while also considering
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and the impact of
effectiveness of the military readiness
activity.
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization for an activity, Section
101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA states that
NMFS must set forth, ‘‘requirements
pertaining to the monitoring and
reporting of such taking.’’ The MMPA
implementing regulations at 50 CFR
216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the
suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that
will result in increased knowledge of
the species and of the level of taking or
impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present in the proposed action area.
Effective reporting is critical to
compliance as well as ensuring that the
most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
should contribute to improved
understanding of one or more of the
following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density);
• Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) Action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
action; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas);
• Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors;
• How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat); and
• Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
The following monitoring options
have been developed to support various
types of air-to-surface mission activities
that may be conducted in the EGTTR.
Eglin AFB users covered by this
proposed LOA must meet specific test
or training objectives and safety
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
requirements and have different assets
available to execute the pre- and postmission surveys. The monitoring
options and mitigation measures
described in the subsections below
balance all mission-essential parameters
with measures that will provide
adequate protection to marine
mammals. Monitors will search for both
authorized and non-authorized marine
mammal species. Monitors will be
instructed to be extra vigilant in
ensuring that species of concern,
including the sperm whale (listed as
endangered under the ESA) and Bryde’s
whale (proposed for listing under the
ESA) are clear of the ZOI during testing
and training activities.
Vessel-based Monitoring—Premission surveys conducted from surface
vessels will typically begin at sunrise.
Trained observers will be aboard
designated vessels to conduct protected
species surveys before and after each
mission. These vessels will be dedicated
solely to monitoring for protected
marine species and species indicators
during the pre-mission surveys. For
missions that require multiple vessels to
conduct surveys based on the size of the
survey area, a Lead Biologist will be
designated to coordinate all survey
efforts, compile sighting information
from the other vessels, function as the
point of contact between the survey
vessels and Tower Control on Santa
Rosa Island, and provide final
recommendations to the Safety Officer/
Test Director on the suitability of the
mission site based on environmental
conditions and survey results.
Survey vessels will run predetermined line transects, or survey
routes, that will provide sufficient
coverage of the survey area. Monitoring
activities will be conducted from the
highest point feasible on the vessels.
There will be at least two dedicated
observers on each vessel, and they will
utilize optical equipment with sufficient
magnification to allow observation of
surfaced animals.
All sighting information from premission surveys will be communicated
to the Lead Biologist on a predetermined radio channel to reduce
overall radio chatter and potential
confusion. After compiling all the
sighting information from the other
survey vessels, the Lead Biologist will
inform Tower Control on Santa Rosa
Island on whether the area is clear of
protected species or not. If the range is
not clear, the Lead Biologist will
provide recommendations on whether
the mission should be delayed or
cancelled. For example, a mission delay
would be recommended if a small
number of protected species are in the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61401
ZOI but appear to be on a heading away
from the mission area. The delay would
continue until the Lead Biologist has
confirmed that the animals are no longer
in the ZOI and traveling away from the
mission site. On the other hand, a
mission cancellation could be
recommended if one or more protected
species in the ZOI are found and there
is no indication that they would leave
the area on their own within a
reasonable timeframe. Tower Control on
Santa Rosa Island will relay the Lead
Biologist’s recommendation to the
Safety Officer. The Safety Officer and
Test Director will collaborate regarding
range conditions based on the
information provided by the Lead
Biologist and the status of range clearing
vessels. The Safety Officer will have
final authority on decisions regarding
delays and cancellations of missions.
Air Force Support Vessels—Air Force
support vessels will consist of a
combination of Air Force and civil
service/civilian personnel responsible
for mission site/target setup and range
clearing activities. Air Force personnel
will be within the mission area (on
boats and the GRATV) for each mission
well in advance of weapon deployment,
typically near sunrise. They will
perform a variety of tasks including
target preparation, equipment checks,
etc., and will observe for marine
mammals and indicators as feasible
throughout test preparation. However,
such observations are considered
incidental and would only occur as time
and schedule permits. Any sightings
would be relayed to the Lead Biologist.
The Eglin Safety Officer, in
cooperation with the Tower Control on
Santa Rosa Island will coordinate and
manage all range clearing efforts and be
in direct communication with the
survey vessel team, typically through
the Lead Biologist. All support vessels
will be in radio contact with one
another and with Tower Control. The
Safety Officer will monitor all radio
communications, but Tower Control
will relay messages between the vessels
and the Safety Officer. The Safety
Officer and Tower Control will also be
in continual contact with the Test
Director throughout the mission and
will convey information regarding range
clearing progress and protected species
survey status. Final decisions regarding
mission execution, including possible
mission delay or cancellation based on
protected species sightings or civilian
boat traffic interference, will be the
responsibility of the Safety Officer, with
concurrence from the Test Director.
Aerial-based Monitoring—Aircraft
typically provide an excellent viewing
platform for detection of marine
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
61402
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
mammals at or near the surface.
Depending on the mission, the aerial
survey team will either consist of Eglin
AFB personnel or their designees aboard
a non-mission aircraft or the mission
aircrew who have completed the Marine
Species Observer Training. A
description of each follows.
For non-mission aircraft, the pilot will
be instructed in protected marine
species survey techniques and will be
familiar with marine species expected to
occur in the area. One person in the
aircraft will act as data recorder and is
responsible for relaying the location,
species (if possible), direction of
movement, and number of animals
sighted to the Lead Biologist. The aerial
team will also identify protected species
indicators such as large schools of fish
and large, active groups of birds. Pilots
will fly the aircraft in such a manner
that the entire ZOI (and a buffer, if
required) is monitored. Marine mammal
sightings from the aerial survey team
will be compiled by the Lead Biologist
and communicated to the Test Director
or Safety Officer. Similar to survey
vessel requirements, all non-mission
personnel will be required to exit the
human safety zone before the mission
can commence. As a result, the ZOI may
not be monitored up to immediate
deployment of live weapons. Due to this
fact, the aerial team may be required to
survey an additional buffer zone unless
other monitoring assets, such as live
video monitoring, can be employed.
Some mission aircraft have the
capability to conduct aerial surveys
immediately prior to releasing
munitions. In those instances, aircrews
that have completed the marine species
observer training will make several
passes over the target area to ensure the
area is clear of all protected species. For
mission aircraft in this category,
aircrews will operate at reasonable and
safe altitudes (dependent on the aircraft)
appropriate to either visually scan the
sea surface or utilize available
instrumentation and sensors to detect
protected species. Typical missions in
this category are air-to-surface gunnery
operations from AC–130 and CV–22
gunships. In some cases, other aerial
platforms may be available to
supplement monitoring activities for
pre-mission surveys and during the
missions.
Video-based Monitoring—Videobased monitoring may be accomplished
via live high-definition video feed
transmitted to CCF. Video monitoring
typically facilitates data collection for
the mission but can also allow remote
viewing of the area for determination of
environmental conditions and the
presence of marine species up to the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
release time of live munitions. There are
multiple sources of video that can be
streamed to multiple monitors within
CCF. When authorized for specific
missions (e.g., Maritime WSEP), a
trained marine species observer from
Eglin AFB will monitor all live video
feed transmitted to CFF and will report
any marine mammal sightings to the
Safety Officer, who will also be at CCF.
Employing this measure typically
resolves any lapse between the time
survey vessels or aircraft leave the safety
zone after completing pre-mission
surveys but before the mission actually
begins.
The primary platform for video
monitoring would be through the
GRATV. Four video cameras are
typically positioned on the GRATV
(anchored on-site) to allow for real-time
monitoring and data collection during
the mission. The cameras will also be
used to monitor for the presence of
protected species. All cameras have a
zoom capability of up to at least a 300mm equivalent. At this setting, when
targets are at a distance of 2 nmi from
the GRATV, the field of view would be
195 ft by 146 ft. Video observers can
detect an item with a minimum size of
1 square foot up to 4,000 m away. The
GRATV will typically be located about
183 m (600 ft) from the target area; this
range is well within the zooming
capability of the video cameras.
Supplemental video monitoring can
also be accomplished through the
employment of additional aerial assets,
when available. Eglin’s aerostat balloon
provides aerial imagery of weapon
impacts and instrumentation relay.
When utilized, it is tethered to a boat
anchored near the GRATV but outside
weapon impact areas. The balloon can
be deployed to an altitude up to 2,000
ft above sea level. It is equipped with a
high-definition camera system that is
remotely controlled to pivot and focus
on a specific target or location within
the mission site. The video feed from
the camera system is transmitted to
CCF. Eglin may also employ other assets
such as intelligence, surveillance, and
reconnaissance aircraft to provide realtime imagery or relay targeting pod
videos from mission aircraft. Unmanned
aerial vehicles may also be employed to
provide aerial video surveillance. While
each of these platforms may not be
available for all missions, they typically
can be used in combination with each
other and with the GRATV cameras to
supplement marine mammal monitoring
efforts.
Even with a variety of platforms
potentially available to supply video
feeds to CCF, the entire ZOI may not be
visible for the entire duration of the
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mission. However, the targets and
immediately surrounding areas will
typically be in the field of view of the
GRATV cameras and the observer will
be able to identify any protected species
that may enter the target area before
weapon releases. In addition, the
observer will be able to determine if any
animals were injured immediately
following the detonations. Should a
protected marine species be detected on
the live video, the weapon release can
be stopped almost immediately because
the video camera observer is in direct
contact with Test Director and Safety
Officer at CCF.
Acoustic Monitoring—Eglin will
conduct a NMFS-approved passive
acoustic monitoring (PAM) study as an
initial step towards understanding
acoustic impacts from underwater
detonations. During a live mission
event, the Eglin AFB proposes to collect
data that measures energy and pressure
levels from varying distances away from
weapon impact points. The data would
likely be recorded by hydrophones
attached to buoys that are deployed just
before the mission. After mission
activities, the buoys would be collected,
then the data would be downloaded and
analyzed. The results would be
compared to the various ranges to
effects for Level A and Level B
Harassment that were calculated with
the acoustic model.
Eglin AFB and NMFS discussed the
possibility of employing PAM as a
required mitigation measure during
EGTTR activities. However, human
safety concerns and the inability to
make mission go/no-go decisions in a
timely manner are the most immediate
obstacles for Eglin AFB implementing
real-time PAM during live weapon
missions in the EGTTR.
Eglin’s current boat and aerial preand post-mission visual surveys have
been successful in preventing impacts to
marine mammals because no
unauthorized takes have occurred as a
result of these procedures under
previous incidental take authorizations.
Until Eglin AFB is confident that this
first step toward a rudimentary PAM
study is successfully implemented, the
Air Force cannot commit to PAM as a
mitigation measure, which would add
multiple layers of complexities required
to detect and localize marine mammals
during a live mission event.
Furthermore, Eglin would need to gain
better understanding of PAM
capabilities so mission-appropriate
procedures could be developed for
making go/no-go decisions in a timely
manner. Given the level of success with
current mitigation procedures and the
high level of unknowns associated with
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
implementing PAM as part of mitigation
procedures for Air Force activities, Eglin
AFB and NMFS agreed that using PAM
as a real-time mitigation measure is not
practicable at this time.
AC–130 and CV–22 Gunship
Procedures—After arriving at the
mission site and prior to initiating firing
events, gunships will conduct at least
two complete orbits around the survey
area at a minimum safe airspeed around
the mission site at the appropriate
monitoring altitude. Provided that
marine mammals (and other protected
species or indicators) are not detected,
the aircraft will then begin the ascent to
operational altitude, continuing to orbit
the target area as it climbs. The initial
orbits occur over a timeframe of
approximately 10 to 15 minutes.
Monitoring for marine mammals,
vessels, and other objects will continue
throughout the mission. If a towed target
is used, mission personnel will ensure
that the target remains in the center
portion of the survey area to ensure
gunnery impacts do not extend past the
ZOI.
During the low-altitude orbits and
climb, the aircrew will visually scan the
sea surface within the aircraft’s orbit
circle for the presence of marine
mammals. The surface scan will
primarily be conducted by the flight
crew in the cockpit and personnel
stationed in the tail observer bubble and
starboard viewing window. During
nighttime missions, crews will use night
vision goggles during observation. In
addition to visual surveys, aircraft
optical and electronic sensors will also
be used for site clearance. AC–130
gunships are equipped with low-light
TV cameras and infrared detection sets
(IDSs). The TV cameras operate in a
range of visible and near-visible light.
Infrared systems are capable of detecting
differences in temperature from thermal
energy (heat) radiated from living bodies
or from reflected and scattered thermal
energy. In contrast to typical nightvision devices, visible light is not
necessary for object detection. Infrared
systems are equally effective during day
or night use. The IDS is capable of
detecting very small thermal
differences. CV–22 aircraft have similar
visual scanners and operable sensors;
however, they operate at a much lower
altitudes than the AC–130 gunships,
and no HE rounds will be fired from
these aircraft.
If any marine mammals are detected
during pre-mission surveys or during
the mission, activities will be
immediately halted until the ZOI area is
clear of all marine mammals, or the
mission will be relocated to another
target area. If the mission is relocated,
the pre-mission survey procedures will
be repeated. In addition, if multiple
firing missions are conducted within the
same flight, clearance procedures will
precede each mission.
Gunship crews will conduct a postmission survey beginning at the
operational altitude and proceeding
through a spiraling descent to the
designated monitoring altitude. It is
anticipated that the descent will occur
over a three- to five-minute time period.
During this time, aircrews will use
61403
similar equipment and instrumentation
to scan the water surface for animals
that may have been impacted during the
gunnery mission. During daytime
missions, visual scans will be used as
well.
Coordination with Eglin Natural
Resources Office—Prior to conducting
live missions, proponents will
coordinate with Eglin Natural Resources
to be briefed on their mitigation and
monitoring requirements. Throughout
coordination efforts, mission assets
available for monitoring will be
identified and an implementation plan
will be developed. Based on the assets,
survey routes will be designed to
incorporate the size of the monitoring
area and determine whether a buffer
will be required. Training and reporting
requirements will also be
communicated to the proponents
The following table lists known
proponents and the monitoring
platforms that may be employed for
marine mammal monitoring before,
during, and after live air-to-surface
missions. As stated above, coordination
with proponents before live missions
will ensure these options are still
available, as well as any changes to
assets or mission capabilities for new
proponents that would fall under this
authorization. Eglin Natural Resources
will ensure all practical measures will
be implemented to the maximum extent
possible to comply with the mitigation
and monitoring requirements while
meeting mission objectives
TABLE 23—MONITORING OPTIONS AVAILABLE FOR LIVE AIR-TO-SURFACE MISSION PROPONENTS OPERATING IN THE
EGTTR
Monitoring Platform
Mission 1
Vessel
Video
•
86 FWS Maritime Weapons System Evaluation Program (WSEP)
Aerial
........................
•
Air Force Special Operations Command (AFSOC) Training
........................
........................
........................
•
•
•
........................
........................
•
•
•
•
Air-to-Surface Gunnery
Small Diameter Bomb/Griffin Missile Training
CV–22 Training
•
413th Flight Test Squadron (FLTS)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
AC–130J Precision Strike Package Testing
AC–130J Stand-Off Precision Guided Munitions Testing
780th Test Squadron
Precision Strike Weapon
Longbow Littoral Testing
86 FWS = 86th Fighter Weapons Squadron.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61404
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Monitoring and Reporting Measures
In addition to monitoring for marine
species before and after missions, the
following monitoring and reporting
measures will be required.
• Within a year before the planned
missions, all protected species observers
will receive the Marine Species
Observer Training Course developed by
Eglin in cooperation with NMFS.
• Eglin AFB will track use of the
EGTTR and protected species
observation results through the use of
protected species observer report forms.
• A summary annual report of marine
mammal observations and mission
activities will be submitted to the NMFS
Southeast Regional Office and the
NMFS Office of Protected Resources 90
days after completion of mission
activities each year or 60 days prior to
the issuance of any subsequent LOA for
projects at the EGTTR, whichever comes
first. A final report shall be prepared
and submitted within 30 days following
resolution of comments on the draft
report from NMFS. This annual report
must include the following information:
Æ Date and time of each mission.
Æ A complete description of the premission and post-mission activities
related to mitigating and monitoring the
effects of mission activities on marine
mammal populations.
Æ Results of the visual monitoring,
including numbers by species/stock of
any marine mammals noted injured or
killed as a result of the missions, and
number of marine mammals (by species
if possible) that may have been harassed
due to presence within the activity
zone.
Æ If any dead or injured marine
mammals are observed or detected prior
to mission activities, or injured or killed
during mission activities, a report must
be made to the NMFS Southeast Region
Marine Mammal Stranding Network at
877–433–8299, the Chief of the Permits
and Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, at 301–427–8401
and the Florida Marine Mammal
Stranding Hotline at 888–404–3922
within the next business day.
Æ Any unauthorized impacts on
marine mammals must be immediately
reported to the National Marine
Fisheries Service’s Southeast Regional
Administrator, at 727–842–5312, and
the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, at 301–427–8401.
Adaptive Management
NMFS may modify (including
augment) the existing mitigation,
monitoring, or reporting measures (after
consulting with Eglin AFB regarding the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
practicability of the modifications) if
doing so creates a reasonable likelihood
of more effectively accomplishing the
goals of the mitigation and monitoring
measures for these regulations.
Possible sources of data that could
contribute to the decision to modify the
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting
measures in an LOA include: (1) Results
from Eglin AFB’s acoustic monitoring
study; (2) results from monitoring
during previous year(s); (3) results from
other marine mammal and/or sound
research or studies; and (4) any
information that reveals marine
mammals may have been taken in a
manner, extent or number not
authorized by these regulations or
subsequent LOAs.
If, through adaptive management, the
modifications to the mitigation,
monitoring, or reporting measures are
substantial, NMFS will publish a notice
of proposed LOA in the Federal
Register and solicit public comment. If,
however, NMFS determines that an
emergency exists that poses a significant
risk to the well-being of the species or
stocks of marine mammals in the Gulf
of Mexico, an LOA may be modified
without prior notice or opportunity for
public comment. Notice would be
published in the Federal Register
within 30 days of the action.
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as ‘‘an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival’’
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any responses (e.g., intensity,
duration), the context of any responses
(e.g., critical reproductive time or
location, migration), as well as effects
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the
number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this
information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’s implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the discussion of
our analyses applies to bottlenose
dolphins and Atlantic spotted dolphins,
given that the anticipated effects of this
activity on these different marine
mammal stocks are expected to be
similar. There is little information about
the nature or severity of the impacts, or
the size, status, or structure of any of
these species or stocks that would lead
to a different analysis for this activity.
For reasons stated previously in this
document and based on the following
factors, Eglin AFB’s specified activities
are not likely to cause long-term
behavioral disturbance, serious injury,
or death. Because the exposure model
was conservative and calculated a single
bottlenose dolphin death, along with the
required mitigation and monitoring
measures not incorporated into the
model, NMFS does not anticipate or
propose to authorize any take by
mortality. The takes from Level B
harassment would be due to disturbance
of normal behavioral patterns and TTS.
The potential takes from Level A
harassment would be due to PTS and
slight lung injury (not gastrointestinal
tract injury).
NMFS has determined that direct
strike by ordnance is highly unlikely.
Although strike from a munition at the
surface of the water while the animals
are at the surface is possible, the
potential risk of a direct hit to an animal
within the target area would be low. The
Air Force (2002 PEA) estimated that a
maximum of 0.2 marine mammals could
potentially be struck by projectiles,
falling debris, and inert munitions each
year.
Disruption of normal behavioral
patterns constituting Level B
harassment would be limited to
reactions such as startle responses,
movements away from the area, and
short-term changes to behavioral state.
These impacts are expected to be
temporary and of limited duration due
to the likely avoidance of the action area
by marine mammals, short period of
individual explosions themselves
(versus continual sound source
operation), and relatively short duration
of the EGTTR operations (i.e. ranging
from a few minutes to no more than four
hours per day depending on the mission
category).
Level B harassment in the form of
TTS was modeled to occur in both
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
species for which take is authorized. If
TTS occurs, it is expected to be at low
levels and of short duration. As
explained previously, TTS is temporary
with no long term effects to species. The
modeled take numbers are expected to
be overestimates since NMFS expects
that successful implementation of the
required aerial-based, vessel-based and
video-based mitigation measures could
avoid TTS. Furthermore, monitoring
results from previous Authorizations
has demonstrated that it is uncommon
to sight marine mammals within the
ZOI, especially for prolonged durations.
Results from monitoring programs
associated with Eglin AFB’s 2015 and
2016 Maritime WSEP activities have
shown the absence of marine mammals
within the ZOI during and after
maritime operations.
NMFS expects that successful
implementation of the required aerialbased, vessel-based and video-based
mitigation measures would reduce take
by Level A harassment in some
instances. Marine mammals would
likely begin to move away from the
immediate target area once bombing
begins, decreasing exposure to the full
amount of acoustic energy. There have
also been no marine mammal
observations in the ZOI according to
monitoring reports from previous years.
Therefore, we anticipate that, because of
the mitigation measures, low
observation rate of marine mammals in
the target area, and the likely limited
duration of exposures, any PTS incurred
would be in the form of only a small
degree of PTS, rather than total
deafness.
Other than for mortality, the take
numbers proposed by NMFS do not
consider mitigation or avoidance.
Therefore, NMFS expects that Level A
harassment is unlikely to occur at the
numbers proposed for Authorization.
However, since it is difficult to quantify
the degree to which the mitigation and
avoidance will reduce the number of
animals that might incur Level A
harassment (i.e. PTS, slight lung injury),
NMFS proposes to authorize take by
Level A harassment at the numbers
derived from the exposure model.
Moreover, the mitigation and
monitoring measures proposed for the
Authorization (described earlier in this
document) are expected to further
minimize the potential for both Level A
and Level B harassment.
Impacts to habitat are not anticipated.
Noise and pressure waves resulting from
live weapon detonations are not likely
to result in long-term physical
alterations of the water column or ocean
floor. These effects are not expected to
substantially affect prey availability, are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
of limited duration, and are
intermittent. Impacts to marine fish
were analyzed in the Eglin Gulf Test
and Training Range Environmental
Assessment (Department of the Air
Force, 2015). In the EA, it was
determined that fish populations were
unlikely to be affected and prey
availability for marine mammals would
not be impaired. Other factors related to
EGTTR activities that could potentially
affect marine mammal habitat include
the introduction of metals, explosives
and explosion by-products, other
chemical materials, and debris into the
water column and substrate due to the
use of munitions and target vessels.
However, the effects of each were
analyzed in the EA and were
determined to not be significant.
While animals may be impacted in
the immediate vicinity of the target area,
because of the short duration of the
actual individual explosions themselves
(versus continual sound source
operation) combined with the relatively
short duration of daily operations (i.e.
ranging from a few minutes to no more
than four hours per day depending on
the mission category), NMFS has
preliminarily determined that there will
not be a substantial impact on marine
mammals or their habitat in Gulf of
Mexico ecosystems in the EGTTR. We
do not expect that the proposed activity
would impact rates of recruitment or
survival of marine mammals since we
do not expect mortality (which would
remove individuals from the
population) or serious injury to occur.
In addition, the proposed activity would
only occur in a small part of their
overall range, so the impact of any
potential temporary displacement
would be negligible and animals would
be expected to return to the area after
the cessations of activities. Although the
proposed activity could result in Level
A (PTS and slight lung injury) and Level
B (behavioral disturbance and TTS of
lesser degree and shorter duration)
harassment of marine mammals, the
level of harassment is not anticipated to
impact rates of recruitment or survival
of marine mammals because the number
of exposed animals is expected to be
low due to the relatively short-term and
site-specific nature of the activity.
Furthermore, we do not anticipate that
the effects would be detrimental to rates
of recruitment and survival because we
do not expect serious extended
behavioral responses that would result
in energetic effects at the level to impact
fitness.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors primarily support
our preliminary determination that the
impacts resulting from this activity are
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61405
not expected to adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality is anticipated or
authorized and only 11 instances of
Level A harassment are authorized.
Remaining impacts would be within the
non-injurious TTS or behavioral effects
zones (Level B harassment consisting of
generally temporary modifications in
behavior);
• Effectiveness of mitigation and
monitoring requirements which are
designed and expected to avoid
exposures that may cause serious injury
and minimize the likelihood of PTS,
TTS, or more severe behavioral
responses;
• Adverse impacts to habitat are not
expected; and
• Results from previous monitoring
reports did not record any marine
mammal takes associated with military
readiness activities occurring in the
EGTTR.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity will have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses
of the affected marine mammal stocks or
species implicated by this action.
Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the total taking of
affected species or stocks would not
have an unmitigable adverse impact on
the availability of such species or stocks
for taking for subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
ESA compliance for the issuance of
LOAs, NMFS consults internally, in this
case with Southeast Regional Protected
Resources Division Office, whenever we
propose to authorize take for
endangered or threatened species.
No incidental take of ESA-listed
marine mammal species is proposed for
authorization or expected to result from
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
61406
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
the proposed activities. Therefore,
NMFS has determined that formal
consultation under section 7 of the ESA
is not required for this action.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Classification
The Office of Management and Budget
has determined that this proposed rule
is not significant for purposes of
Executive Order 12866. This rule is not
an Executive Order 13771 regulatory
action because this rule is not
significant under Executive Order
12866.
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), the
Chief Counsel for Regulation of the
Department of Commerce has certified
to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration that this
proposed rule, if adopted, would not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
The RFA requires a Federal agency to
prepare an analysis of a rule’s impact on
small entities whenever the agency is
required to publish a notice of proposed
rulemaking. However, a Federal agency
may certify, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605
(b), that the action will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. A
description of this proposed rule and its
purpose are found earlier in the
preamble for this action and is not
repeated here. Eglin AFB is the sole
entity that will be affected by this
rulemaking and is not a small
governmental jurisdiction, small
organization, or small business, as
defined by the RFA. Any requirements
imposed by LOAs issued pursuant to
these regulations, and any monitoring or
reporting requirements imposed by
these regulations, will be applicable
only to Eglin AFB.
NMFS does not expect the issuance of
these regulations or the associated LOAs
to result in any impacts to small entities
pursuant to the RFA. Because this
action, if adopted, would directly affect
Eglin AFB and not a small entity, NMFS
concludes the action would not result in
a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
Accordingly, no regulatory flexibility
analysis is necessary, and none has been
prepared.
This action does not contain any
collection of information requirements
for purposes of the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501
et seq.).
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 218
Exports, Fish, Imports, Marine
mammals, Penalties, Reporting and
Recordkeeping requirements.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
Dated: December 18, 2017.
Samuel D. Rauch, III,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For reasons set forth in the preamble,
50 CFR part 218 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
PART 218—REGULATIONS
GOVERNING THE TAKE OF MARINE
MAMMALS INCIDENTAL TO
SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES
1. The authority citation for part 218
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq., unless
otherwise noted.
2. Add subpart G consisting of
§§ 218.60 through 218.69 to read as
follows:
■
Subpart G—Taking of Marine Mammals
Incidental to Testing and Training Activities
Conducted at the Eglin Gulf Test and
Training Range in the Gulf of Mexico
Sec.
218.60 Specified activity and specified
geographical region.
218.61 Effective dates.
218.62 Permissible methods of taking.
218.63 Prohibitions.
218.64 Mitigation.
218.65 Requirements for monitoring and
reporting.
218.66 Letters of Authorization.
218.67 Renewals and Modifications of
Letters of Authorization.
218.68 [Reserved]
218.69 [Reserved]
Subpart G—Taking of Marine Mammals
Incidental to Testing and Training
Activities Conducted at the Eglin Gulf
Test and Training Range in the Gulf of
Mexico.
§ 218.60 Specified activity and specified
geographical region.
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply
only to Eglin Air Force Base (Eglin AFB)
and those persons it authorizes to
conduct activities on its behalf, for the
taking of marine mammals as outlined
in paragraph (b) of this section and
incidental to testing and training
missions in the Eglin Gulf Test and
Training Range (EGTTR).
(b) The taking of marine mammals by
Eglin AFB pursuant to a Letter of
Authorization (LOA) is authorized only
if it occurs at the EGTTR in the Gulf of
Mexico.
§ 218.61
Effective dates.
Regulations in this subpart are
effective February 4, 2018 through
February 3, 2023.
§ 218.62
Permissible methods of taking.
Under a Letter of Authorization (LOA)
issued pursuant to § 216.106 of this
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
chapter and § 218.66, the Holder of the
LOA (herein after Eglin AFB) may
incidentally, but not intentionally, take
marine mammals by Level A and Level
B harassment associated with EGTTR
activities within the area described in
§ 218.60, provided the activities are in
compliance with all terms, conditions,
and requirements of these regulations in
this subpart and the appropriate LOA.
§ 218.63
Prohibitions.
Notwithstanding takings
contemplated in § 218.60 and
authorized by an LOA issued under
§ 216.106 of this chapter and § 218.66,
no person in connection with the
activities described in § 218.60 of this
chapter may:
(a) Violate, or fail to comply with, the
terms, conditions, and requirements of
this subpart or an LOA issued under
§ 216.106 of this chapter and § 218.66.
(b) Take any marine mammal not
specified in such LOAs;
(c) Take any marine mammal
specified in such LOAs in any manner
other than as specified;
(d) Take a marine mammal specified
in such LOAs if NMFS determines such
taking results in more than a negligible
impact on the species or stocks of such
marine mammal; or
(e) Take a marine mammal specified
in such LOAs if NMFS determines such
taking results in an unmitigable adverse
impact on the species or stock of such
marine mammal for taking for
subsistence uses.
§ 218.64
Mitigation requirements.
When conducting activities identified
in § 218.60, the mitigation measures
contained in the LOA issued under
§ 216.106 of this chapter and § 218.66
must be implemented. These mitigation
measures shall include but are not
limited to the following general
conditions:
(a) If daytime weather and/or sea
conditions preclude adequate
monitoring for detecting marine
mammals and other marine life, EGTTR
operations must be delayed until
adequate sea conditions exist for
monitoring to be undertaken.
(b) Restrictions on time of activities.
(1) Missions involving the use of live
bombs, missiles and rockets will only
occur during daylight hours.
(2) Missions during daylight hours
will occur no earlier than two hours
after sunrise and no later than two hours
prior to sunset.
(c) Required delay of live ordnance
mission activities will occur if a
protected species, large schools of fish
or large flocks of birds feeding at the
surface are observed within the ZOI.
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
Mission activities cannot resume until
one of the following conditions is met:
(1) Protected species marine
mammal(s) is confirmed to be outside of
the ZOI on a heading away from the
target area; or
(2) Protected species marine
mammal(s) is not seen again for 30
minutes and presumed to be outside the
Level A harassment ZOI.
(3) Large groupings of fish or birds
leading to required delay are confirmed
outside of the ZOI.
(d) Gunnery operations shall require
employment of the following mitigation
measures.
(1) Use of 105-mm training rounds
(TR) during nighttime missions.
(2) Ramp-up procedures requiring the
use of the lowest caliber munition and
proceeding to the highest, which means
the munitions would be fired in the
order of 25 mm, 40 mm, and 105 mm.
(3) Any pause in live fire activities
greater than 10 minutes shall require
reinitiation of protected species surveys.
(4) Missions shall be conducted
within the 200-m isobaths to provide
greater protection to several species.
(e) If one or more sperm or baleen
whales are detected during pre-mission
monitoring activities, mission activities
will be aborted/suspended for the
remainder of the day.
(f) Additional mitigation measures as
contained in an LOA.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 218.65 Requirements for monitoring and
reporting.
(a) Holders of LOAs issued pursuant
to § 218.66 for activities described in
§ 218.60(a) are required to cooperate
with NMFS, and any other Federal,
state, or local agency with authority to
monitor the impacts of the activity on
marine mammals. If the authorized
activity identified in § 218.60(a) is
thought to have resulted in the mortality
or injury of any marine mammals or
take of marine mammals not identified
in § 218.60(b), then the Holder of the
LOA must notify the Director, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, or
designee, by telephone (301)427–8401,
and the Southeast Regional Office
(phone within 24 hours of the injury or
death).
(b) Monitoring will be conducted by
personnel who have completed Eglin’s
Marine Species Observer Training
Course, which was developed in
cooperation with the National Marine
Fisheries Service.
(c) The Holder of the LOA will use
mission reporting forms to track their
use of the EGTTR for testing and
training missions and to track marine
mammal observations.
(d) Depending on the mission
category, visual aerial-based, vessel-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
based, or video-based marine mammal
surveys shall be conducted before and
after live ordnance mission activities
each day.
(e) Vessel-based surveys will begin
approximately one and one-half hours
prior to live weapon deployment and
shall be completed 30 minutes prior to
the start of mission.
(f) Surveys will continue for
approximately one hour or until the
entire ZOI has been adequately
surveyed, whichever comes first.
(g) Post-mission monitoring surveys
shall commence once the mission has
ended or as soon as the mission area is
declared safe.
(h) Vessel-based post-mission surveys
shall be conducted for 30 minutes after
completion of live ordnance missions.
(i) Any authorized marine mammals
that are detected in the ZOI during postmission surveys shall be counted as
Level B takes.
(j) A minimum of two dedicated
observers shall be stationed on each
vessel.
(k) Observers shall utilize optical
equipment with sufficient magnification
to allow observation of surfaced
animals.
(l) The size of the survey area for each
mission shall be determined according
to the radius of impact for the given
threshold of each munition/detonation
scenario. These ranges shall be
monitored during pre-mission surveys
for each activity.
(m) Some missions shall be delayed to
allow survey platforms to evacuate the
human safety zone after pre-missions
surveys are completed.
(n) Any aerial-based pre-mission
surveys shall be conducted by observers
aboard non-mission aircraft or mission
aircraft who have completed the Marine
Species Observer Training.
(o) Gunship standard procedures
initiated prior to initiation of live-firing
events shall require at least two
complete orbits around the survey
mission site at the appropriate airspeed
and monitoring altitude and include the
following:
(1) Monitoring for marine mammals
shall continue throughout the mission
by mission crew.
(2) Where applicable aircraft optical
and electronic sensors shall be used for
marine mammal observation.
(3) If any marine mammals are
detected during pre-mission surveys or
during the mission, activities will be
immediately halted until the ZOI area is
clear of all marine mammals, or the
mission will be relocated to another
target area. If the mission is relocated,
the pre-mission survey procedures will
be repeated.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61407
(4) If multiple firing missions are
conducted within the same flight,
standard clearance procedures will
precede each mission.
(5) Gunship crews will conduct a
post-mission survey beginning at the
operational altitude and proceeding
through a spiraling descent to the
designated monitoring altitude.
(p) Video-based monitoring from the
GRATV shall be conducted where
appropriate via live high-definition
video feed.
(1) Supplemental video monitoring
shall be conducted through the
employment of additional aerial assets
including aerostats and drones when
available.
(2) [Reserved]
(q) Acoustic Monitoring:
(1) Eglin AFB will conduct a passive
acoustic monitoring (PAM) study as an
initial step towards understanding
acoustic impacts from underwater
detonations, once funding is approved.
(2) The results of the PAM study will
be submitted to NMFS OPR as a draft
monitoring report within 90 days of
completion of the study, will be
incorporated into any subsequent LOA
request or, if no request is made, no
later than 90 days after expiration of the
LOA.
(r) The Holder of the LOA is required
to:
(1) Submit a draft report to NMFS
OPR on all monitoring conducted under
the LOA within 90 days of the
completion of marine mammal
monitoring, or 60 days prior to the
issuance of any subsequent LOA for
projects at the EGTTR, whichever comes
first. A final report shall be prepared
and submitted within 30 days following
resolution of comments on the draft
report from NMFS. This report must
contain, at a minimum, the following
information:
(i) Date and time of each EGTTR
mission;
(ii) A complete description of the premission and post-mission activities
related to mitigating and monitoring the
effects of EGTTR missions on marine
mammal populations; and
(iii) Results of the monitoring
program, including numbers by species/
stock of any marine mammals noted
injured or killed as a result of the
EGTTR mission and number of marine
mammals (by species if possible) that
may have been harassed due to presence
within the zone of influence.
(2) The draft report will be subject to
review and comment by NMFS. Any
recommendations made by NMFS must
be addressed in the final report prior to
acceptance by NMFS. The draft report
will be considered the final report for
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
61408
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
this activity under the LOA if NMFS has
not provided comments and
recommendations within 90 days of
receipt of the draft report.
(s) Reporting injured or dead marine
mammals:
(1) In the unanticipated event that the
specified activity clearly causes the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by the LOA, such as an
injury for species not authorized (Level
A harassment), serious injury, or
mortality, Eglin AFB shall immediately
cease the specified activities and report
the incident to the Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the Southeast
Regional Office, NMFS. The report must
include the following information:
(i) Time and date of the incident;
(ii) Description of the incident;
(iii) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(iv) Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
(v) Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
(vi) Fate of the animal(s); and
(vii) Photographs or video footage of
the animal(s).
(2) Activities shall not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS will work with Eglin AFB to
determine what measures are necessary
to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. Eglin AFB may not resume
their activities in the EGTTR until
notified by NMFS.
(3) In the event that Eglin AFB
discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead observer
determines that the cause of the injury
or death is unknown and the death is
relatively recent (e.g., in less than a
moderate state of decomposition), Eglin
AFB shall immediately report the
incident to the Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the Southeast
Regional Office, NMFS.
(i) The report must include the same
information identified in paragraph
(p)(1) of this section. Activities may
continue while NMFS reviews the
circumstances of the incident. NMFS
will work with Eglin AFB to determine
whether additional mitigation measures
or modifications to the activities are
appropriate.
(ii) In the event that Eglin AFB
discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead observer
determines that the injury or death is
not associated with or related to the
activities authorized in the LOA (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass
with moderate to advanced
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
decomposition, scavenger damage),
Eglin AFB shall report the incident to
the Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the Southeast Regional
Office, NMFS, within 24 hours of the
discovery. Eglin AFB shall provide
photographs or video footage or other
documentation of the stranded animal
sighting to NMFS.
(4) Additional Conditions.
(i) The Holder of the LOA must
inform the Director, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301–427–8401) or
designee prior to the initiation of any
changes to the monitoring plan for a
specified mission activity.
(ii) A copy of the LOA must be in the
possession of the safety officer on duty
each day that EGTTR missions are
conducted.
(5) The LOA may be modified,
suspended or withdrawn if the holder
fails to abide by the conditions
prescribed herein, or if NMFS
determines the authorized taking is
having more than a negligible impact on
the species or stock of affected marine
mammals.
§ 218.66
Letters of Authorization.
(a) To incidentally take marine
mammals pursuant to these regulations,
Eglin AFB must apply for and obtain an
LOA.
(b) An LOA, unless suspended or
revoked, may be effective for a period of
time not to exceed the expiration date
of these regulations.
(c) If an LOA expires prior to the
expiration date of these regulations,
Eglin AFB must apply for and obtain a
renewal of the LOA.
(d) In the event of projected changes
to the activity or to mitigation and
monitoring measures required by an
LOA, Eglin AFB must apply for and
obtain a modification of the LOA as
described in § 218.67.
(e) The LOA will set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental
taking;
(2) Number of marine mammals, by
species and age class, authorized to be
taken;
(3) Means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact (i.e.,
mitigation) on the species of marine
mammals authorized for taking, on its
habitat, and on the availability of the
species for subsistence uses; and
(4) Requirements for monitoring and
reporting.
(f) Issuance of an LOA shall be based
on a determination that the level of
taking will be consistent with the
findings made for the total taking
allowable under these regulations.
(g) Notice of issuance or denial of an
LOA will be published in the Federal
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Register within 30 days of a
determination.
§ 218.67 Renewals and Modifications of
Letters of Authorization.
(a) An LOA issued under § 216.106 of
this chapter and § 218.66 for the activity
identified in § 218.60(a) will be renewed
or modified upon request by the
applicant, provided that:
(1) The proposed specified activity
and mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures, as well as the
anticipated impacts, are the same as
those described and analyzed for these
regulations (excluding changes made
pursuant to the adaptive management
provision in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section); and
(2) NMFS determines that the
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
measures required by the previous LOA
under these regulations were
implemented.
(b) For an LOA modification or
renewal request by the applicant that
includes changes to the activity or the
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting
(excluding changes made pursuant to
the adaptive management provision in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section) that do
not change the findings made for the
regulations or result in no more than a
minor change in the total estimated
number of authorized takes (or
distribution by species or years), NMFS
may publish a notice of proposed LOA
in the Federal Register, including the
associated analysis illustrating the
change, and solicit public comment
before issuing the LOA.
(c) An LOA issued under § 216.106 of
this chapter and § 218.66 for the activity
identified in § 218.60(a) may be
modified by NMFS under the following
circumstances:
(1) Adaptive Management—NMFS
may modify (including augment) the
existing mitigation, monitoring, or
reporting measures (after consulting
with Eglin AFB regarding the
practicability of the modifications) if
doing so creates a reasonable likelihood
of more effectively accomplishing the
goals of the mitigation and monitoring
set forth in the preamble for these
regulations.
(2) Possible sources of data that could
contribute to the decision to modify the
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting
measures in an LOA are:
(i) Results from Eglin AFB’s annual
monitoring reports;
(ii) Results from other marine
mammal and sound research or studies;
or
(iii) Any information that reveals
marine mammals may have been taken
in a manner, extent or number not
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 / Proposed Rules
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with PROPOSALS2
authorized by these regulations or
subsequent LOAs.
(3) If, through adaptive management,
the modifications to the mitigation,
monitoring, or reporting measures are
substantial, NMFS will publish a notice
of proposed LOA in the Federal
Register and solicit public comment.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:09 Dec 26, 2017
Jkt 244001
(4) Emergencies—If NMFS determines
that an emergency exists that poses a
significant risk to the well-being of the
species or stocks of marine mammals
specified LOAs issued pursuant to
§ 216.106 of this chapter and 218.60 of
this chapter, an LOA may be modified
without prior notice or opportunity for
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
61409
public comment. Notice would be
published in the Federal Register
within 30 days of the action.
§ 218.68
[Reserved]
§ 218.69
[Reserved]
[FR Doc. 2017–27580 Filed 12–26–17; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\27DEP2.SGM
27DEP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 247 (Wednesday, December 27, 2017)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 61372-61409]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2017-27580]
[[Page 61371]]
Vol. 82
Wednesday,
No. 247
December 27, 2017
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 218
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental
to Testing and Training Activities Conducted in the Eglin Gulf Test and
Training Range in the Gulf of Mexico; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 247 / Wednesday, December 27, 2017 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 61372]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 218
[Docket No. 170831846-7846-01]
RIN 0648-BH21
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals
Incidental to Testing and Training Activities Conducted in the Eglin
Gulf Test and Training Range in the Gulf of Mexico
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule: request for comments
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the United States Air Force
(USAF), 96th Civil Engineer Group/Environmental Planning Office (96
CEG/CEIEA) at Eglin Air Force Base (hereafter referred to as Eglin AFB)
for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to conducting
testing and training activities in the Eglin Gulf Test and Training
Range (EGTTR) in the Gulf of Mexico over the course of five years, from
February 4, 2018 to February 3, 2023. Pursuant to regulations
implementing the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is proposing
regulations to govern that take, and requests comments on the proposed
regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than January
26, 2018.
ADDRESSES:
You may submit comments on this document by either of the following
methods:
Federal e-Rulemaking Portal: Go to www.regulations.gov,
enter 0648-BH21 in the ``Search'' box, click the ``Comment Now!'' icon,
complete the required fields, and enter or attach your comments.
Mail: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison,
Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway,
Silver Spring, MD 20910.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Attachments to electronic comments will be
accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF file formats only. To
help NMFS process and review comments more efficiently, please use only
one method to submit comments. All comments received are a part of the
public record and will generally be posted on www.regulations.gov
without change. All personal identifying information (e.g., name,
address) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly
accessible. Do not submit confidential business information or
otherwise sensitive or protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert Pauline, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8408. Electronic copies of the application
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in
this document, may be obtained online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/military.htm. In case of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Purpose and Need for Regulatory Action
This proposed rule, to be issued under the authority of the MMPA,
would establish a framework for authorizing the take of marine mammals
incidental to military aircraft testing and training activities at
EGTTR. We received an application from Eglin AFB requesting 5-year
regulations and authorization for the take by Level A and Level B
harassment of two marine mammal species. The regulations would be valid
from February 4, 2018, through February 3, 2023. Please see Background
below for definitions of Level A and Level B harassment.
Legal Authority for the Proposed Action
Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(A) directs
the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the incidental, but
not intentional taking of small numbers of marine mammals by U.S.
citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than commercial
fishing) within a specified geographical region for up to five years
if, after notice and public comment, the agency makes certain findings
and issues regulations that set forth permissible methods of taking
pursuant to that activity, as well as monitoring and reporting
requirements. Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA and the implementing
regulations at 50 CFR part 216, subpart I provide the legal basis for
issuing this proposed rule containing five-year regulations, and for
any subsequent Letters of Authorization (LOA) issued pursuant to those
regulations. As directed by this legal authority, this proposed rule
contains mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements.
The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2004
(Section 319, Public Law 108-136, November 24, 2003) (NDAA of 2004)
removed the ``small numbers'' and ``specified geographical region''
limitations and amended the definition of harassment as it applies to a
``military readiness activity'' to read as follows (Section 3(18)(B) of
the MMPA, 16 U.S.C. 1362(18)(B)): (i) Any act that injures or has the
significant potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock
in the wild (Level A Harassment); or (ii) any act that disturbs or is
likely to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by
causing disruption of natural behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering, to a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or
significantly altered (Level B Harassment).
Summary of Major Provisions Within the Proposed Rule
Following is a summary of some of the major provisions in this
proposed rule for Eglin AFB's proposed EGTTR activities. We have
preliminarily determined that Eglin AFB's adherence to the proposed
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures listed below would
achieve the least practicable adverse impact on the affected marine
mammals. They include:
Monitoring will be conducted by personnel who have
completed Eglin's Marine Species Observer Training Course, which was
developed in cooperation with the National Marine Fisheries Service;
For each live mission, at a minimum, pre- and post-mission
monitoring will be required. Monitoring will be conducted from a given
platform depending on the specific mission. The purposes of pre-mission
monitoring are to (1) evaluate the mission site for environmental
suitability and (2) verify that the zone of influence (ZOI) is free of
visually detectable marine mammals and potential marine mammal
indicators. Post-mission monitoring is designed to determine the
effectiveness of pre-mission mitigation by reporting sightings of any
dead or injured marine mammals;
Mission delay will be implemented during live ordnance
mission activities if protected species, large schools of fish, or
large flocks of birds are observed feeding at the surface within the
ZOI. Mission activities may not resume until
[[Page 61373]]
the animals are observed moving away from the ZOI or 30 minutes have
passed;
Mission delay will be implemented if daytime weather and/
or sea conditions preclude adequate monitoring for detecting marine
mammals and other marine life. EGTTR missions may not resume until
adequate sea conditions exist for monitoring;
If unauthorized takes of marine mammals (i.e., serious
injury or mortality) occur, ceasing operations and reporting to NMFS
immediately and submitting a report to NMFS within 24 hours;
Use of aerial-based monitoring which provides an excellent
viewing platform for detection of marine mammals at or near the
surface;
Use of video-based monitoring via live high-definition
video feed. Video monitoring typically facilitates data collection for
the mission but can also allow remote viewing of the area for
determination of environmental conditions and the presence of marine
species up to the release time of live munitions;
Use of vessel-based monitoring; and
Ramp-up procedures for gunnery operations.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed
authorization is provided to the public for review. An authorization
for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking
will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or
stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible
methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation,
monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth. NMFS has
defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting
from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and
is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts
on the human environment.
The U.S. Air Force developed an EA in 2015 titled Eglin Gulf Test
and Training Range Environmental Assessment (Navy 2015). NMFS will
review and evaluate the EA for consistency with the regulations
published by the Council of Environmental Quality (CEQ) and NOAA
Administrative Order 216-6, Environmental Review Procedures for
Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act, and determine
whether or not to adopt the EA. Information in Eglin AFB's application,
the EA, and this notice collectively provide the environmental
information related to proposed issuance of the regulations for public
review and comment. We will review all comments submitted in response
to this notice as we complete the NEPA process, including the decision
of whether to sign a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) prior to
a final decision on the LOA request. The NEPA documents are available
for review at www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/military.html.
Summary of Request
On September 16, 2015, NMFS received a request for regulations from
Eglin AFB for the taking of marine mammals incidental to testing and
training activities in the EGTTR (defined as the area and airspace over
the Gulf of Mexico controlled by Eglin AFB, beginning at a point three
nautical miles (NM) off the coast of Florida) for a period of five
years. Eglin AFB worked with NMFS to revise the model used to calculate
take estimates and submitted a revised application on April 15, 2017.
On August 24, 2017, we published a notice of receipt of Eglin AFB's
application in the Federal Register (82 FR 40141), requesting comments
and information for thirty days related to Eglin AFB's request. We did
not receive any comments from the public. The application was
considered adequate and complete on September 29, 2017.
Eglin AFB proposes taking marine mammals incidental to EGTTR
activities by Level A and Level B harassment of Atlantic bottlenose
dolphins (Tursiops truncates) and Atlantic spotted dolphins (Stenella
frontalis). On April 23, 2012, NMFS promulgated rulemaking and issued
an LOA for takes of marine mammals incidental to Eglin AFB's Naval
Explosive Ordnance Disposal School (NEODS) training operations at Eglin
AFB. This rule expired on April 24, 2017 (77 FR 16718, March 22, 2012).
On March 5, 2014, NMFS promulgated rulemaking and issued an LOA for
takes of marine mammals incidental to Eglin AFB's Air Force Special
Operations Command (AFSOC) precision strike weapons (PSW) and air-to-
surface (AS) gunnery activities in the EGTTR, which is valid through
March 4, 2019 (79 FR 13568, March 11, 2014). In addition to these rules
and LOAs, NMFS has issued Incidental Harassment Authorizations (IHA)
for take of marine mammals incidental to Eglin AFB's Maritime Strike
Operations (78 FR 52135, August 22, 2013; valid August 19, 2013 through
August 18, 2014) and Maritime Weapons Systems Evaluations Program
(WSEP) annually in 2015 (80 FR 17394), 2016 (81 FR 7307), and 2017 (82
FR 10747) which currently expires on February 3, 2018. Eglin AFB
complied with all conditions of the LOAs and IHAs issued, including
submission of final reports. Based on these reports, NMFS has
determined that impacts to marine mammals were not beyond those
anticipated. Eglin AFB's current rulemaking/LOA application would
supersede the existing PSW and AS gunnery rule that is in effect until
March 4, 2019, and would include all of Eglin AFB's testing and
training activities, including WSEP activities, into one new rule with
the exception of NEODS training activities. Eglin AFB has never
conducted any NEODS training activities and is not including these
activities as part of the new rulemaking. The regulations proposed in
this action, if issued, would be effective from February 4, 2018,
through February 3, 2023.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Eglin AFB proposes to conduct military aircraft missions within the
EGTTR that involve the employment of multiple types of live (explosive)
and inert (non-explosive) munitions against various surface targets.
Munitions may be delivered by multiple types of aircraft including, but
not limited to, fighter jets, bombers, and gunships. Munitions consist
of bombs, missiles, rockets, and gunnery rounds. The targets may vary,
but primarily consist of stationary, towed, or remotely controlled
boats, inflatable targets, or marking flares. Detonations may occur in
the air, at the water surface, or approximately 10 feet (ft) below the
surface. Mission activities proposed in the EGTTR have the potential to
expose cetaceans to sound or pressure levels
[[Page 61374]]
currently associated with mortality, Level A harassment, and Level B
harassment, as defined by the MMPA.
Testing and training missions would be conducted during any time of
the year. Missions that involve inert munitions and in-air detonations
may occur anywhere in the EGTTR. Aside from gunnery operations, mission
activities that release live ordnance resulting in surface or
subsurface detonations would be conducted at a pre-determined location
approximately 17 miles offshore of Santa Rosa Island, in a water depth
of about 35 meters (m) (115 ft).
Dates and Duration
Due to the total number and variability in types of air-to-surface
test and training missions included in this LOA request, missions may
occur during any season or month. Missions involving the use of live
bombs, missiles, and rockets will occur during daylight hours. However,
some activities, such as gunnery training, may occur during day or
night. Missions are typically conducted on weekdays, with multiple
weapons releases typically occurring per day. The LOA would be valid
from February 4, 2018 through February 3, 2023.
Specific Geographic Region
All activities will take place within the EGTTR, which is defined
as the airspace over the Gulf of Mexico controlled by Eglin AFB,
beginning at a point 3 NM from shore. This airspace is controlled by
the Federal Aviation Administration, but scheduled by Eglin AFB. The
EGTTR is subdivided into blocks consisting of Warning Areas W-155, W-
151, W-470, W-168, and W-174, as well as Eglin Water Test Areas 1
through 6 (See Figure 1-2 in Application). Most of the blocks are
further sub-divided into smaller airspace units for scheduling purposes
(for example, W-151A, B, C, and D). Warning Area W-155 is controlled by
the U.S. Navy but is used occasionally to support missions scheduled
through Eglin. Over 102,000 square nautical miles (nmi\2\) of Gulf of
Mexico surface waters occur under the EGTTR airspace. However, most of
the activities described in this document will occur in W-151, and the
great majority will occur specifically in sub-area W-151A due to its
proximity to shore (Figure 1-3 in Application). Descriptive information
for all of W-151 and for W-151A specifically is provided below.
The inshore and offshore boundaries of W-151 are roughly parallel
to the shoreline contour. The shoreward boundary is 3 nmi from shore,
while the seaward boundary extends approximately 85 to 100 nmi
offshore, depending on the specific location. W-151 covers a surface
area of approximately 10,247 nmi\2\ (35,145 square kilometers (km\2\),
and includes water depths ranging from about 20 to 700 m (66 to 2,297
ft). This range of depth includes continental shelf and slope waters.
Approximately half of W-151 lies over the shelf.
W-151A, which occurs directly south of Eglin AFB, extends
approximately 60 nmi offshore and has a surface area of 2,565 nmi\2\
(8,797 km\2\). Water depths range from about 30 to 350 m (98 to 1,148
ft) and include continental shelf and slope zones. However, most of W-
151A occurs over the continental shelf, in water depths less than 250 m
(820 ft). Most of the air-to-surface missions occur in the shallower,
northern inshore portion of the sub-area (Maritime WSEP test site), in
a water depth of about 35 m (115 ft).
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Eglin AFB proposes to conduct the following actions in the EGTTR:
(1) 86th Fighter Weapons Squadron (86 FWS) Maritime Weapons System
Evaluation Program (WSEP) test missions that involve the use of
multiple types of live and inert munitions (bombs and missiles)
detonated above, at, or slightly below the water surface; (2) Advanced
Systems Employment Project actions that involve deployment of a variety
of pods, air-to-air missiles, bombs, and other munitions (all inert
ordnances in relation to EGTTR); (3) Air Force Special Operations
Command (AFSOC) training, including air-to-surface gunnery missions
involving firing live gunnery rounds at targets on the water surface in
EGTTR, small diameter bomb (SDB) and Griffin/Hellfire missile training
involving the use of live missiles and SDBs in the EGTTR against small
towed boats, and CV-22 tiltrotor aircraft training involving the firing
of 0.50 caliber (cal.)/7.62 mm ammunition at flares floating on the
EGTTR water surface; (4) 413th Flight Test Squadron (FLTS) Precision
Strike Program (PSP) activities involving firing munitions at flare
targets on the EGTTR water surface and Stand-Off Precision Guided
Munitions (SOPGM) testing involving captive-carry, store separation,
and weapon employment tests; (5) 780th Test Squadron (TS) activities
involving precision strike weapon (PSW) test missions (launch of
munitions against targets in the EGTTR) and Longbow Littoral Testing
(data collection on tracking and impact ability of the Longbow missile
on small boats); (6) 96th Test Wing Inert Missions (developmental
testing and evaluation for wide variety of air-delivered weapons and
other systems using inert bombs); and (7) 96 Operations Group (OG)
missions, which involve the support of air-to-surface missions for
several user groups within EGTTR.
During these activities, ordnances may be delivered by multiple
types of aircraft, including bombers and fighter aircraft. The actions
include air-to-ground missiles (AGM); air intercept missiles (AIM);
bomb dummy units (BDU); guided bomb units (GBU); projectile gun units
(PGU); cluster bomb units (CBU); wind-corrected munitions dispensers
(WCMD); small-diameter bombs (SDB) and laser small diameter bombs
(LSDB); high explosive incendiary units (HEI); joint direct attack
munitions (JDAM) and laser joint direct attack munitions (LJDAM);
research department explosives (RDX); joint air-to-surface stand-off
missiles (JASSM); high altitude anti-submarine warfare weapons (inert);
high-speed maneuverable surface targets; and gunnery rounds. Net
explosive weight (NEW) of the live munitions ranges from 0.1 to 945
pounds (lb).
The EGTTR testing and training missions are classified as military
readiness activities and involve the firing or dropping of air-to-
surface weapons. Depending on the requirements of a given mission,
munitions may be inert (contain no or very little explosive charges) or
live (contain explosive charges). Live munitions may detonate above,
at, or slightly below the water surface. In most cases, missions
consisting of live bombs, missiles, and rockets that detonate at or
below the water surface will occur at a site in W-151A that has been
designated specifically for these types of activities. Typically, test
data collection is conducted from an instrumentation barge known as the
Gulf Range Armament Test Vessel (GRATV) anchored on-site, which
provides a platform for cameras and weapon-tracking equipment.
Therefore, the mission area is referred to as the GRATV target
location. Alternative site locations may be selected, if necessary,
within a 5-mile radius around the GRATV point. Missions that involve
inert munitions and in-air detonations may occur anywhere in the EGTTR
but are typically conducted in W-151.
For this LOA request, descriptions of mission activities that
involve in-water detonations include a section called Mission-Day
Categorization. This subsection describes the mission-day scenario used
for acoustic modeling and is based on the estimated number of weapons
released per day. This
[[Page 61375]]
approach is meant to satisfy NMFS' requests to analyze and assess
acoustic impacts associated with accumulated energy from multiple
detonations occurring over a 24-hour timeframe. Eglin AFB used all
available information to develop each mission-day scenario, including
historical release records; however, these scenarios may not represent
exact weapon releases because military needs and requirements are in a
constant state of flux. The mission-day categorizations provide high-,
medium-, and low-intensity mission-day scenarios for some groups and an
average scenario for other groups. Mission-day scenarios vary for each
user group and are described in the following sections.
Note that additional testing and training activities are planned
for the EGTTR that will not result in any acoustic impacts to marine
mammals and, therefore, not require any acoustic analyses. Examples
include the firing of 0.50 caliber and 7.62 gunnery rounds that do not
contain explosives, use of airburst-only detonations, and operations
involving simulated weapons delivery. Those activities are described in
detail in the Application but are not discussed here.
86th Fighter Weapons Squadron Maritime Weapons System Evaluation
Program
The 86 FWS would continue to use multiple types of live and inert
munitions in the EGTTR against small boat targets for the Maritime WSEP
Operational Testing Program. The purpose of the testing is to continue
the development of tactics, techniques and procedures (TTP) for USAF
strike aircraft to counter small maneuvering surface vessels in order
to better protect vessels or other assets from small boat threats.
Damage effects of these munitions must be known to generate TTPs to
engage small moving boats. The test objectives are to (1) develop TTPs
to engage small boats in all weather and (2) determine the impact of
TTPs on Combat Air Force training. The test results would be used to
develop publishable TTPs for inclusion in Air Force TTP 3-1 series
manuals. Maritime WSEP testing is considered a high national defense
priority. Incidental Harassment Authorizations have been issued for
2015 (80 FR 17394, April 1, 2015), 2016 (81 FR 7307, February 11, 2016)
and 2017 (82 FR 10747, February 15, 2017) Maritime WSEP activities, but
these activities will now be part of this new rulemaking to avoid
annual IHAs.
Proposed aircraft and munitions associated with Maritime WSEP
activities are shown in Table 1. Because the focus of the tests would
be weapon/target interaction, no particular aircraft would be specified
for a given test as long as it met the delivery requirements. Various
USAF active duty units, National Guard, Navy, and USAF reserve units
would participate as interceptors and weapons release aircrews, with
multiple types of aircraft typically operating within the same
airspace.
Table 1--Maritime WSEP Munitions and Example Aircraft
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Munitions Aircraft
------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM-114 (Hellfire)........................ F-15 fighter aircraft.
AGM-176 (Griffin)......................... F-16 fighter aircraft.
AGM-65 (Mavericks)........................ F-18 fighter aircraft.
AIM-9X.................................... F-22 fighter aircraft.
BDU-56.................................... F-35 fighter aircraft.
CBU-105 (WCMD)............................ AC-130 gunship.
GBU-12/GBU-54............................. A-10 fighter aircraft.
GBU-10/GBU-24............................. B-1 bomber aircraft.
GBU-31.................................... B-52 bomber aircraft.
GBU-38.................................... B-2 bomber aircraft.
PGU-13/B.................................. MQ-1.
PGU-27.................................... MQ-9.
2.75 in Rockets.
7.62mm/50 Cal.
GBU-39 (Laser SDB).
GBU-53 (SDB II).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM = air-to-ground missile; AIM = air intercept missile; BDU = Bomb,
Dummy Unit; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; PGU = Projectile Gun Unit; CBU =
Cluster Bomb Unit; WCMD = Wind-Corrected Munitions Dispenser; mm =
millimeters; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
Tests would be conducted at the GRATV target location in various
sea states and weather conditions, up to a wave height of 4 ft. Live
munitions would be deployed against static (anchored), towed, and
remotely controlled boat targets. Static and controlled targets would
consist of stripped boat hulls with plywood simulated systems and, in
some cases, heat sources. Moving targets would be towed by remotely
controlled High Speed Maneuverable Surface Target (HSMST) boats.
Damaged boats would be recovered for data collection. Test data
collection would be conducted from the GRATV. HSMST boats would be
remotely controlled from a facility on Eglin main base and would follow
set track lines with specific waypoints at least 2 to 3 nautical miles
(NM) away from the GRATV. Additional air assets such as chase aircraft
or unmanned aerial vehicles would transit to the target area and set up
flight orbits to provide aerial video of the mission site including
weapon impacts on boat targets and assisting with range clearing
activities. Missions would be controlled and monitored from the Eglin
Central Control Facility (CCF) on the main base.
Live munitions would be set to detonate either in the air,
instantaneously upon contact with a target boat, or after a slight
delay (up to 10 millisecond) after impact, which would correspond to a
water depth of about 5 to 10 ft. The annual number, height or depth of
detonation, explosive material, and net explosive weight (NEW) of each
live munition associated with Maritime WSEP is provided in Table 2. The
quantity of live munitions tested is considered necessary to provide
the intended level of tactics and weapons evaluation, including a
number of replicate tests sufficient for an acceptable confidence level
regarding munitions capabilities.
In addition to the live munitions described above, 86 FWS also
proposes to expend inert munitions in W-151. The expected number of
each munition type expended during a typical year is included in Table
2. Use of inert munitions was analyzed in the 2002 Eglin Gulf Test and
Training Range (EGTTR) Programmatic Environmental Assessment (2002 PEA)
and found to have no significant environmental impact (U.S. Air Force,
2002). The 2002 PEA estimated that a maximum of 0.2 marine mammals
could potentially be struck by projectiles, falling debris, and inert
munitions each year. This calculation assumed there would be over 600
events conducted per year which accounted for the maximum annual number
of expendables over a five-year period (1995-1999), totaling over
626,000 inert items. Live gunnery rounds (e.g., 25-mm, 40-mm, 105-mm)
were not included in the direct physical impact analysis since the
acoustic analyses constituted a more conservative assessment for
exploding rounds. Since 1999, Range Utilization Reports have shown
through 2010 the annual average number of inert expendables has
decreased to approximately 311,000 items, about 50 percent of the
maximum annual number used for calculations for the 2002 PEA. The
additional use of inert munitions under the Proposed Action for the
2015 EGTTR Programmatic EA would add another 76,000 items, resulting in
a 19 percent increase in inert expendables, based on the annual average
from 1999 through 2010. This proposed increase compared to historic use
is still less than the maximum baseline levels analyzed in 2002. The
estimated abundance of local stocks of bottlenose and Atlantic spotted
dolphins has likely increased since the 2002 PEA according to NMFS
stock assessment reports. For example, the northern Gulf of Mexico
continental shelf stock of bottlenose dolphin increased from 21,531 in
1991-2001 to 51,192 in 2011-2012, which is the most recent available
data. Even
[[Page 61376]]
with these estimated increases in abundance, the Navy and NMFS believe
that the potential for direct physical impacts remains nominal and can
be considered discountable. Actual numbers of inert releases may vary
somewhat from those shown in the table. However, the items are included
in this LOA in order to document the programmatic use of the EGTTR.
Table 2--Maritime WSEP Munitions Use in the EGTTR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Detonations Warhead--explosive
Type of munition munitions scenario material NEW (lbs)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GBU-10 or GBU-24................. 2 Surface or MK-84--Tritonal......... 945
Subsurface.
GBU-49........................... 4 Surface............ Tritonal................ 300
JASSM............................ 4 Surface............ Tritonal................ 240
GBU-12/-54 (LJDAM)/-38/-32 (JDAM) 10 Surface or MK-82--Tritonal......... 192
Subsurface.
AGM-65 (Maverick)................ 8 Surface............ WDU-24/B penetrating 86
blast-fragmentation
warhead.
CBU-105.......................... 4 Airburst........... 10 BLU-108 submunitions 107.63
with 4 projectiles,
parachute, rocket motor
& altimeter. 10.69 lbs
NEW/submunition
(includes 2.15 lbs/
projectile).
GBU-39 (LSDB).................... 4 Airburst, Surface, AFX-757 (Insensitive 37
or Subsurface. munition).
AGM-114 (Hellfire)............... 30 Airburst or High Explosive Anti-Tank 29
Surface, (HEAT) tandem anti-
Subsurface. armor metal augmented
charge.
GBU-53 (SDB II).................. 4 Airburst, Surface PBX-N-109 Aluminized 22.84
or Subsurface. Enhanced Blast, Scored
Frag Case, Copper Shape
Charge.
AIM-9X........................... 2 Surface............ PBXN-3.................. 7.9
AGM-176 (Griffin)................ 10 Airburst or Surface Blast fragmentation..... 4.58
Rockets (including APKWS)........ 100 Surface............ Comp B-4 HEI............ 10
PGU-13 HEI 30 mm................. 1,000 Surface............ 30 x 173 mm caliber with 0.1
aluminized RDX
explosive. Designed for
GAU-8/A Gun System.
GBU-10........................... 21 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
GBU-12........................... 27 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
GBU-24........................... 17 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
GBU-31........................... 6 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
GBU-38........................... 3 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
GBU-54........................... 16 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
BDU-56........................... 13 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
AIM-9X........................... 3 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
PGU-27........................... 46,000 Inert.............. N/A..................... N/A
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM = air-to-ground missile; AIM = air intercept missile; BDU = Bomb, Dummy Unit; CBU = Cluster Bomb Unit; GBU =
Guided Bomb Unit; HEI = high explosive incendiary; lbs = pounds; LJDAM = laser joint direct attack munition;
LSDB = Laser Small Diameter Bombs; MK = mark; mm = millimeters; NEW = Net Explosive Weight; PGU = Projectile
Gun Unit; RDX = research department explosive; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
Mission-day categorizations of weapon releases listed in Table 3
were developed based on historical mission data, project engineer
input, and future Maritime WSEP requirements. Categories of missions
were grouped first using historical weapon releases per day (refer to
Maritime Strike and Maritime WSEP annual reports for 2015 and 2016).
Next, the most recent weapons evaluation needs and requirements were
considered to develop three different scenarios: Categories A, B, and
C. Mission-day Category A represents munitions with larger NEW (192 to
945 pounds) with both surface and subsurface detonations. This category
includes future requirements and provides flexibility for the military
mission. To date, Category A levels of activity have not been conducted
under the 86 FWS Maritime WSEP missions and is considered a worst-case
scenario. Category B represents munitions with medium levels of NEW (20
to 86 pounds) including surface and subsurface detonations. Category B
was developed using actual levels of weapon releases during Maritime
WSEP missions (refer to Maritime WSEP annual reports for 2015 and
2016). Category C represents munitions with smaller NEW (0.1 to 13
pounds) and includes surface detonations only.
Table 3--Maritime WSEP Munitions Categorized as Representative Mission Days
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Mission category Munition NEW (lbs) Detonation type Munitions Mission munitions/
per day days/year year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A................. GBU-10/-24/-31..... 945 Subsurface (10-ft 1 2 2
depth).
GBU-49............. 300 Surface............ 2 ........... 4
JASSM.............. 240 Surface............ 2 ........... 4
GBU-12/-54 (LJDAM)/- 192 Subsurface (10-ft 5 ........... 10
38/-32 (JDAM). depth).
B................. AGM-65 (Maverick).. 86 Surface............ 2 4 8
GBU-39 (SDB)....... 37 Surface............ 1 ........... 4
AGM-114 (Hellfire). 20 Subsurface (10-ft 5 ........... 20
depth).
[[Page 61377]]
C................. AGM-176 (Griffin).. 13 Surface............ 5 2 10
2.75 rockets....... 12 Surface............ 50 ........... 100
AIM-9X............. 7.9 Surface............ 1 ........... 2
PGU-12 HEI 30 mm... 0.1 Surface............ 500 ........... 1,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM = air-to-ground missile; CBU = Cluster Bomb Unit; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; HEI = high explosive incendiary;
JDAM = Joint Direct Attack Munition; LJDAM = Laser Joint Direct Attack Munition; lbs = pounds; NEW = net
explosive weight; PGU = Projectile Gun Unit; mm = millimeter; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
A human safety zone will be established around the test area prior
to each mission and will be enforced by up to 25 safety boats. The size
of this zone may vary, depending upon the particular munition and
delivery method used in a given test. A composite safety footprint has
been developed for previous tests using live munitions. This composite
safety footprint consisted of a circle with a 29 mile-wide diameter
circle (14.5 mile-wide radius), which was converted to an octagon shape
for ease of support vessel placement and range clearance.
Potential post-test activities consist of Air Force Explosive
Ordnance Disposal (EOD) personnel detonating in place any munitions
components or items remaining on the target boats that would be
considered unexploded ordnance (UXO), debris retrieval, and post-
mission protected species surveys. Unexploded bombs, missiles, or other
similarly large items would sink to the seafloor and would not be
recovered or detonated. However, smaller unexploded items such as
cluster bomb submunitions could remain intact on target boats. Once the
area has been cleared by the Eglin EOD team, the range will be re-
opened for the debris clean-up team and the protected species survey
vessels (when live munitions are used). Depending on the specific
weapon system used and the location or position of the UXO, the test
area could be closed for an extended period of time.
Advanced Systems Employment Project
The proposed Advanced Systems Employment Project (ASEP) action
includes evaluating upgrades to numerous research and development, as
well as Air Force hardware and software, initiatives. F16, F15E, and
BAC1-11 aircraft would be used to deploy a variety of pods, air-to-air
missiles, bombs, and other munitions. Many of the missions are
conducted over Eglin land ranges. However, inert instrumented MK-84
Joint Direct Attack Munition (JDAM) bombs would be expended in W-151
under the Proposed Action. Bombs would be dropped on target boats
located 20 to 25 miles offshore. A maximum of 12 over-water missions
could be conducted annually, although the number could be as low as 4.
There would be no live ordnance associated with ASEP actions in the
EGTTR.
Air Force Special Operations Command Training
The Air Force Special Operations Command (AFSOC) conducts various
training activities with multiple types of munitions in nearshore
waters of the EGTTR (W-151). Training activities include air-to-surface
gunnery and small diameter bomb/Griffin/Hellfire missile proficiency
training. The following subsections describe the proposed actions
included in Eglin AFB's LOA request.
Air-to-surface gunnery missions involve firing of live gunnery
rounds from the AC-130 aircraft at targets on the water surface in the
EGTTR. Ordnance used in this training includes 25 mm high explosive
incendiary (HEI), 30 mm HEI, 40 mm HEI, and 105 mm HEI rounds. NEW
ranges from about 0.07 to 4.7 pounds. The Air Force has developed a 105
mm training round (TR) that contains less than 10 percent of the amount
of explosive material contained in the 105 mm full up (FU) round. The
TR variant was developed as a means to mitigate acoustic impacts on
marine mammals that could not be adequately surveyed at night by
aircraft sensors. Today's AC-130 sensors allow for effective nighttime
visual surveys but with reduced explosive material the TR rounds remain
a valuable mitigation for reducing acoustic impacts.
Water ranges within the EGTTR that are typically used for gunnery
operations include W-151A, W-151B, W-151C, and W-151D. However, W-151A
is the most frequently used water range due to its proximity to
Hurlburt Field (where the gunnery flights originate). AC-130s normally
transit from Hurlburt Field to the water ranges at a minimum of 4,000
ft above surface level. Potential target sites are typically
established at least 15 miles from the coast (beyond the 12 nmi
territorial sea boundary). Such a location places most mission
activities over shallower continental shelf waters where marine mammal
densities are typically lower and thus avoids the slope waters where
more sensitive species (e.g., Endangered Species Act (ESA)-listed sperm
whale) generally reside. Targets consist of either an MK-25 floating
flare or an inflatable target. For missions where flares are used, the
aircrew scans a 5-NM radius around the potential target area to ensure
it is clear of surface craft, protected species, and other objects that
would make the site unsuitable. Scanning is accomplished using radar,
Electro Optical (EO), infrared (IR) sensors, and visual means. An
alternative area is selected if any non-mission vessels or protected
marine species are detected within the 5 nmi search area. Once the scan
is completed, the marking flare is dropped onto the water surface. The
flare's burn time is typically 10 to 20 minutes but could be less if
actually hit by one of the rounds. However, flares may burn as long as
40 minutes.
Missions using an inflatable target proceed under the same general
protocol. A tow boat transits to a potential target site located at
least 15 miles from the coast. The AC-130 then arrives at the site and,
as with missions using flares, the aircrew scans an appropriate area
around the potential target area (5 nmi radius for non-mission vessels
and protected species) using visual observation and the aircraft's
sensors. An alternative area would be selected if any protected marine
species or non-mission vessels were detected within the search area.
Once the scan is complete, the 20-foot target is inflated and deployed
into the water. The tow boat then proceeds to pull the target, which is
attached to a 2,200-foot cable. The target continues to float even when
struck by ordnance and deflated. After the mission, the tow boat
recovers any debris produced by rounds
[[Page 61378]]
striking the target, although little debris is expected.
After target deployment, the firing sequence is initiated. A
typical gunship mission lasts approximately five hours without air-to-
air refueling, and six hours when refueling is accomplished. A typical
mission includes 1.5 to 2 hours of live fire. This time includes
clearing the area and transiting to and from the range. Actual firing
activities typically do not exceed 30 minutes. The number and type of
munitions deployed during a mission varies with each type of mission
flown. The 105-mm TR variants are used during nighttime training. Live
fire events are continuous, with pauses during the firing usually well
under a minute and rarely from two to five minutes.
Gunnery missions could occur any season of year, during daytime or
nighttime hours. The quantity of live rounds expended is based on
estimates provided by AFSOC regarding the annual number of missions and
number of rounds per mission. The 105 mm FU rounds would typically be
used during daytime missions, while the 105 mm TR variants would be
used at night.
On March 5, 2014, NMFS issued a 5-year LOA in accordance with the
MMPA for AFSOC's air-to-surface gunnery activities which is currently
valid through March 4, 2019. This LOA request would supersede that
authorization for AC-130 air-to-surface gunnery activities for another
five years (2018-2023); it incorporates the updated approach to
analysis requested by NMFS. No significant changes to these mission
activities are anticipated in the foreseeable future. Table 4 shows the
annual number of missions and gunnery rounds currently authorized under
the existing LOA which will be carried forward for this LOA request.
Table 4--Summary of Annual AFSOC AC-130 Gunnery Operations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Number of Number of
Munition NEW (lbs) munitions/ daytime LI>nighttime
year missions missions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105 mm HE (FU).................................. 4.7 750 25 45
105 mm HE (TR).................................. 0.35 1,350 .............. ..............
40 mm HE........................................ 0.87 4,480 .............. ..............
30 mm HE........................................ 0.1 35,000 .............. ..............
25 mm HE........................................ 0.067 39,200 .............. ..............
---------------------------------------------------------------
Total....................................... .............. 80,780 .............. ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HE = High Explosive; lbs = pounds; mm = millimeter; NEW = net explosive weight; TR = Training Round; FU = Full
Up.
Two mission-day scenarios were developed to represent the average
number of gunnery rounds expended during daytime and nighttime AC-130
air-to-surface gunnery missions; category D for daytime missions and
category E for nighttime missions. Eglin AFB coordinated with the AFSOC
Planning Office to confirm that annual allotments provided in Table 5
would still meet their training needs and averaged the annual number of
each gunnery round with the annual number of mission days proposed for
daytime and nighttime. The mission-day scenarios developed for AC-130
air-to-surface gunnery missions are shown in Table 5.
Table 5--AC-130 Gunnery Operations Categorized as Representative Mission Days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Mission category Munition NEW (lbs) Detonation type Munitions per Mission days/ munitions/
day year year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D............................ 105 mm HE (FU).............. 4.7 Surface.................... 30 25 750
40 mm HE.................... 0.87 Surface.................... 64 .............. 1,600
30 mm HE.................... 0.1 Surface.................... 500 .............. 12,500
25 mm HE.................... 0.067 Surface.................... 560 .............. 14,000
E............................ 105 mm HE (TR).............. 0.35 Surface.................... 30 45 1,350
40 mm HE.................... 0.87 Surface.................... 64 .............. 2,880
30 mm HE.................... 0.1 Surface.................... 500 .............. 22,500
25 mm HE.................... 0.067 Surface.................... 560 .............. 25,200
---------------- -----------------------------------------------
Total.................... ............................ .............. ........................... .............. 70 80,780
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HE = High Explosive; lbs = pounds; mm = millimeter; NEW = net explosive weight; TR = Training Round; FU = Full Up.
413th Flight Test Squadron
The United States Special Operations Command (SOCOM) has requested
the 413th Flight Test Squadron (413 FLTS) to demonstrate the
feasibility and capability of the Precision Strike Package and the
Stand-Off Precision Guided Munitions (SOPGM) missile system on the AC-
130 aircraft. SOCOM, in conjunction with A3 Operations at Wright-
Patterson AFB, is fielding the new AC-130J for flight characterization,
as well as testing and evaluation. AFSOC is integrating some of the
same weapons on the AC-130W. Therefore, the activities described below
for the 413 FLTS may involve either of these aircraft variants.
The proposed AC-130J gunnery testing associated with the 413 FLTS's
Precision Strike Package would be similar to that described above for
AFSOC AC-130 gunnery training in terms of location and general
procedures. Testing would occur in W-151A and would involve firing
either (1) PGU-44/B (105 mm HE] with FMU-153/B point detonation/delay
fuse) or PGU-43B Target Practice (TP) rounds (105 mm TR) from a 105 mm
M102 (U.S. Air Force designation M137A1) light-weight Howitzer cannon,
or (2) PGU-13 HEI, PGU-46 HEI rounds, or PGU-15 TP rounds (inert) from
a 30 mm GAU-23/A gun system. A MK-25 flare would be dropped prior to
firing and used as a
[[Page 61379]]
target. Management measures would be the same as those described for
AFSOC's AC-130 gunnery missions.
413 FLTS mission day scenarios were developed based on the number
of mission days planned annually. Up to eleven mission days are planned
for 413 FLTS operations annually. The total number of munitions were
averaged over each day and are shown in Table 6. All missions would be
conducted shoreward of the continental shelf break/200 m isobath as
shown in Figure 1-7 in the Application).
Table 6--413 FLTS Precision Strike Package Gunnery Testing Categorized as Representative Mission Days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Mission category Munition NEW (lbs) Detonation type Munitions per Mission days/ munitions/
day year year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F............................ 30 mm....................... 0.1 Surface.................... 33 3 99
G............................ 105 mm FU................... 4.7 Surface.................... 15 4 60
H............................ 105 mm TR................... 0.35 Surface.................... 15 4 60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FU = full up; lbs = pounds; mm = millimeter; NEW = net explosive weight; TR = Training Round.
Stand off precision guided missiles (SOPGMs) are proposed for use
in testing feasibility of these missiles on AC-130 aircraft. Weapons
include AGM-176 Griffin missiles, AGM-114 Hellfire missiles, GBU-39/B
SDBs, and GBU-39B/B Laser Small Diameter Bombs (LSDBs). Initial actions
would consist of various ground tests. After ground testing is
completed, captive carry, store separation, and weapon employment tests
would be conducted. Captive-carry missions would be conducted with an
Instrumented Measurement Vehicle (IMV) to collect environmental data or
an inert telemetry (TM) missile in order to evaluate the integration of
the SOPGM with the AC-130J. Store separation missions would require a
TM missile with an inert warhead and a live motor, if applicable, to
verify that the weapon can be employed without significant risk to the
aircraft.
Weapon employment missions would be flown using any combination of
inert and/or live weapons for a final end-to-end check of the system.
Missions could be conducted over land or water ranges, with water
ranges used for SDB/LSDB and Griffin missile tests. It is expected that
over-water testing would be conducted at the GRATV target location.
Similar to preceding mission descriptions, pre- and post-test surveys
will be conducted within the applicable human and protected species
safety zones.
Table 7 shows the mission-day scenarios and annual number of
munitions expended annually for SOPGM testing. The 413 FLTS provided
the number of munitions required over a span of four years. The numbers
in the table represent the average per year (total number of munitions
divided by four).
Table 7--413 FLTS SOPGM Annual Testing Categorized as Representative Mission Days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Mission category Munition NEW (lbs) Detonation type Munitions per Mission days/ munitions/
day year year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I............................ AGM-176 (Griffin)........... 4.58 Surface.................... 5 2 10
J............................ AGM-114 (Hellfire).......... 29 Surface.................... 5 2 10
K............................ GBU-39 (SDB I).............. 36 Surface.................... 3 2 6
L............................ GBU-39 (LSDB)............... 36 Surface.................... 5 2 10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM = Air-To-Ground Missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; lbs = pounds; LSDB = Laser Small Diameter Bomb; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
780th Test Squadron
Testing activities conducted by the 780th Test Squadron (780 TS)
include Precision Strike Weapon, Longbow missile littoral testing, and
several other various future actions.
The U.S. Air Force Life Cycle Management Center and U.S. Navy, in
cooperation with the 780 TS, conducts Precision Strike Weapon (PSW)
test missions utilizing resources within the Eglin Military Complex,
including sites in the EGTTR. The weapons used in testing are the AGM-
158 A and B (Joint Air-to-Surface Standoff Missile (JASSM), and the
GBU-39/B (SDB I).
The JASSM is a precision cruise missile designed for launch from
outside area defenses against hardened, medium-hardened, soft, and area
type targets. The JASSM has a range of more than 200 nmi and carries a
1,000-pound warhead. The JASSM has approximately 240 pounds of 2,4,6-
trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalent NEW. The specific explosive used is
AFX-757, a type of plastic bonded explosive (PBX). The JASSM would be
launched more than 200 nmi from the target location. Platforms for the
launch would include B-1, B-2, B-52, F-16, F-18, and F-15E aircraft.
Launch from the aircraft would occur at altitudes greater than 25,000
ft. The JASSM would cruise at altitudes greater than 12,000 ft for the
majority of the flight profile until making the terminal maneuver
toward the target.
The SDB is a guided bomb that is an important element of the Air
Force's Global Strike Task Force. The SDB I carries a 217-pound warhead
with approximately 37 pounds NEW. The explosive used is AFX-757. The
SDB I may be launched from over 50 nmi away from the target location.
Platforms for the launch include F-15E, F-16, and AC-130W aircraft.
Launch from the aircraft occurs at altitudes greater than 5,000 ft
above ground level (AGL). The SDB I then commences a non-powered glide
to the intended target.
Up to two live and four inert JASSM missiles per year may be
launched to impact a target at the GRATV target location. The JASSM
missile would detonate upon impact with the target. Although impact
would typically occur about 5 ft (1.5 m) above the water surface,
detonations are assumed to occur at the water surface for purposes of
impacts analysis.
Additionally, up to 6 live and 12 inert SDBs could also be deployed
against targets in the same target area. Two SDB-Is could be launched
simultaneously during two of the live
[[Page 61380]]
missions and four of the inert missions. Detonation of the SDBs would
occur under one of two scenarios:
Detonation upon impact with the target.
Height of burst (HOB) test, which involves detonation 7 to
14 ft (2.2 to 4.5 m) in the air above the surface target.
There would generally be only one detonation per test event and
thus no more than one detonation in any 24-hour period. In instances of
a simultaneous SDB launch scenario, two bombs are deployed from the
same aircraft at nearly the same time to strike the same target. It is
expected that the bombs would strike the target within five seconds or
less of each another. Under this scenario, the detonations are
considered a single event (NEW is doubled) for the purpose of acoustic
modeling and marine species impacts analysis. Modeling both detonations
as a single event results in a conservative impact estimate. PSW
munitions are shown in Table 8.
Table 8--Summary of Annual Precision Strike Weapon Tests
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number Number of Total number
Munitions Number of live of live inert tests/ of inert
tests/year munitions year munitions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM-158 (JASSM)................................. 2 2 4 4
GBU-39 (SDB I) Single Launch.................... 2 2 4 4
GBU-39 (SDB I) Simultaneous Launch.............. 2 4 4 8
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JASSM = Joint Air-To-Surface Stand-Off Missile; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
Based on availability, one of two potential target types would be
used during PSW tests. The first is a Container Express (CONEX) target
that consists of up to five containers (each of which is 8 ft 6 in.
length, 6 ft 3 in. in width and 6 ft 10.5 in. in height), strapped,
braced, and welded together to form a single structure. The CONEX
target would be constructed on land and shipped to the target location
two to three days prior to the test. The other target type would be a
barge target (125 ft in length, 30 ft in width and 12 ft in height),
which would also be stationed at the target location two to three days
prior to the test. During an inert mission, the JASSM would pass
through the target and the warhead would sink to the bottom of the
Gulf. Immediately following impact, the JASSM recovery team would pick
up surface debris originating from the missile and target. Depending on
the test schedule, the target could remain in the Gulf of Mexico for up
to one month at a time. If the target is significantly damaged, and it
is deemed impractical and unsafe to retrieve it, the target remains
could be sunk through coordination with the U.S. Coast Guard or Tyndall
AFB. Coordination with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers would be
required prior to sinking a target. PSW test activities would occur in
W-151 at the GRATV target location. Targets are located in
approximately 115 to 120 ft of water, about 17 miles offshore of Test
Area A-3 on Santa Rosa Island (actual distance could range from 15 to
24 miles offshore). This area is the same as the Maritime WSEP test
site, which is located 17 miles offshore. Test missions could occur
during any time of the year but during daylight hours only.
In addition to the above description, future (Phase 2) testing of
the SDB is planned by the Air Force Operational Test and Evaluation
Center (AFOTEC) as shown in Table 9. AFOTEC proposes to expend two live
and one inert GBU-53 (SDB II) weapons in the EGTTR. The live weapons
would be deployed against moving boats with a length of 30 to 40 ft,
while the inert weapon would be used against a smaller fiberglass boat.
Table 9--Summary of Phase 1 and Phase 2 Precision Strike Weapon Live Tests
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Number of live inert
Weapon NEW (lbs) munitions munitions
released released
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM-158 (JASSM)................................................. 240 2 4
GBU-39 (SDB I).................................................. 37 2 4
GBU-39 (SDB I) Double Shot *.................................... 74 2 4
GBU-53 (SDB II)................................................. 22.84 2 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM = Air-To-Ground Missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; JASSM = Joint Air-To-Surface Standoff Missile; lbs =
pounds; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
* NEW is doubled for each simultaneous launch.
The 780 TS/OGMT missions have been categorized based on the number
of weapons released per day, assuming three mission days are planned
annually. Representative mission days are shown in Table 10.
Table 10--780 TS/OGMT Precision Strike Weapon Testing Catergorized as Representative Mission Days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Munitions per Mission days/ Total
Mission category Munition NEW (lbs) Detonation type day year munitions/year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M............................ AGM-158 (JASSM)............. 240 Surface.................... 2 1 2
N............................ GBU-39 (SDB I).............. 37 Surface.................... 2 1 2
GBU-39 (SDB I) Double Shot * 74 Surface.................... 2 .............. 2
[[Page 61381]]
O............................ GBU-53 (SDB II)............. 22.84 Surface.................... 2 1 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM = Air-To-Ground Missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; JASSM = Joint Air-To-Surface Standoff Missile; lbs = pounds; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
* NEW is doubled for each simultaneous launch.
The 780 TS plans to conduct other various testing activities that
involve targets on the water surface in the EGTTR. Many of the missions
would target small boats or barges. Weapons would primarily be
delivered by aircraft, although a rail gun would be used for one test.
Live warheads would be used for some missions, while others would
involve inert warheads with a live fuse (typically contains a very
small NEW). Total future munitions for 780 TS are listed in Table 11.
As with the preceding missions using live weapons, safety zone
enforcement and pre- and post-mission marine species monitoring would
be required.
Table 11--780 TS Annual Munitions, Other Future Actions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Proposed
Munition NEW (lbs) releases location Target type Detonation type
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint Air-Ground Missile..... 27.41 2 W-151 (subareas HSMST or Boston 1--Point
A, S5, and S6). Whaler type Detonation 1--
boat. Airburst.
Navy Rail Gun................ Inert 19 W-151.......... Barge.......... Penetrating
Rod.
1 5 W-151.......... Barge.......... Airburst.
JDAM--Extended Range......... Inert 3 W-151.......... Water surface Inert.
(2).
Barge (1)......
Navy HAAWC................... Inert 2 W-151.......... Water surface.. Inert.
Laser SDB (live fuse only)... 0.4 4 W-151A......... Small boats.... Airburst or
Surface.
SDB II Guided Test Vehicle 0.4 4 W-151A......... Small boats.... Surface.
(live fuse only).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HAAWC = High Altitude Anti-Submarine Warfare Weapon Capability; HSMT = High Speed Maneuverable Surface Target;
JDAM = Joint Direct Attack Munition; NEW = net explosive weight; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
The 780 TS/OGMT future missions primarily consist of one-day test
events for each type of munition. Inert munitions and munitions being
detonated as airbursts were not included in the development of these
scenarios because no in-water acoustic impacts are anticipated.
Therefore representative mission days were developed for live munitions
resulting in surface detonations, as shown in Table 12.
Table 12--780 TS Other Future Actions Categorized as Representative Mission Days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Mission category Munition NEW (lbs) Detonation type Munitions per Mission days/ munitions/
day year year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P.................................. Joint Air-Ground Missile... 27.41 Surface............... 1 1 1
Q.................................. Laser SDB (fuse only) and 0.4 Surface............... 2 4 8
SDB II Guided Test Vehicle
(fuse only).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HAAWC = High Altitude Anti-Submarine Warfare Weapon Capability; HSMT = High Speed Maneuverable Surface Target; JDAM = Joint Direct Attack Munition; N/A
= not applicable; NEW = net explosive weight; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
96 Operations Group
The 96 Operations Group (OG), which conducts the 96 TW's primary
missions of developmental testing and evaluation of conventional
munitions, and command and control systems, anticipates support of air-
to-surface missions for several user groups on an infrequent basis. As
the organization that oversees all users of Eglin ranges, they have the
authority to approve new missions that could be conducted in the EGTTR.
Specific details on mission descriptions under this category have not
been determined, as this is meant to capture future unknown activities.
Sub-surface detonations would be at 5 to 10 ft below the surface.
Projected annual munitions expenditures and detonation scenarios are
listed in Table 13.
Table 13--Annual Munitions for 96th Operations Group Support
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number annual
Munition NEW (lbs) Detonation scenario releases
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GBU-10 or GBU-24.............................. 945 Subsurface...................... 1
AGM-158 (JASSM)............................... 240 Surface......................... 1
[[Page 61382]]
GBU-12 or GBU-54.............................. 192 Subsurface...................... 1
AGM-65 (Maverick)............................. 86 Surface......................... 2
GBU-39 (SDB I or LSDB)........................ 37 Subsurface...................... 4
AGM-114 (Hellfire)............................ 20 Subsurface...................... 20
105 mm full-up................................ 4.7 Surface......................... 125
40 mm......................................... 0.9 Surface......................... 600
Live fuse..................................... 0.4 Surface......................... 200
30 mm......................................... 0.1 Surface......................... 5,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM = air-to-ground missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; lbs = pounds; LSDB = Laser Small Diameter Bomb; SDB = Small
Diameter Bomb.
The 96 OG future missions have been categorized based on the number
of weapons released per day, instead of treating each weapon release as
a separate event. This approach is meant to satisfy NMFS requests for
analysis and modeling of accumulated energy from multiple detonations
over a 24-hour timeframe. Eglin AFB used all available information to
determine these daily estimates, including historic release reports;
however, these scenarios may not represent exact weapon releases
because military needs and requirements are in a constant state of
flux. The mission day scenarios for 96 OG annually are shown in Table
14.
Categories of missions for 96 OG were grouped (similar to Maritime
WSEP) first using historical weapon releases per day. Next, the most
recent weapons evaluation needs and requirements were considered to
develop three different scenarios: Categories R, S, and T. Mission-day
Category R represents munitions with larger NEW (192 to 945 pounds) and
both surface and subsurface detonations. This category includes future
requirements and provides flexibility for the military mission. To
date, Category R levels of activity have not been conducted under 96 OG
missions, and is considered a worst-case scenario. Category S
represents munitions with medium levels of NEW (20 to 86 pounds)
including surface and subsurface detonations. Category T represents
munitions with smaller NEW (0.1 to 13 pounds) and includes surface
detonations only.
Table 14--96 OG Future Missions Categorized as Representative Mission Days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Mission category Munition NEW (lbs) Detonation Type Munitions per Mission days/ munitions/
day year year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R............................ GBU-10/-24.................. 945 Subsurface................. 1 1 1
(10-ft depth)..............
AGM-158 (JASSM)............. 240 Surface.................... 1 .............. 1
GBU-12 or GBU-54............ 192 Subsurface................. 1 .............. 1
(10-ft depth)..............
S............................ AGM-65 (Maverick)........... 86 Surface.................... 1 2 2
GBU-39 (SDB I or LSDB)...... 37 Subsurface................. 2 .............. 4
AGM-114 (Hellfire).......... 20 Subsurface................. 10 .............. 20
(10-ft depth)..............
T............................ 105 mm full-up.............. 4.7 Surface.................... 13 10 130
40 mm....................... 0.9 Surface.................... 60 .............. 600
Live fuse................... 0.4 Surface.................... 20 .............. 200
30 mm....................... 0.1 Surface.................... 500 .............. 5,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGM = air-to-ground missile; GBU = Guided Bomb Unit; HEI = high explosive incendiary; JDAM = Joint Direct Attack Munition; LJDAM = Laser Joint Direct
Attack Munition; LSDB = Laser Small Diameter Bomb; lbs = pounds; PGU = Projectile Gun Unit; mm = millimeter; SDB = Small Diameter Bomb.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this document (please see ``Proposed
Mitigation'' and ``Proposed Monitoring and Reporting'').
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the Application summarize available information
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and
behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species.
Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be
found in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SAR; www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/), and more general information about these species (e.g.,
physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS's website
(www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/mammals/).
Table 15 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence
in the EGTTR that could be subjected to acoustic impacts and summarizes
information related to the population or stock, including regulatory
status under the MMPA and ESA and potential biological removal (PBR),
where known. For taxonomy, we follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR
is defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including
natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock
while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable
population (as described in NMFS's SARs). While no mortality is
anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and
mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as gross
indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document
represent
[[Page 61383]]
the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total
number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS' stock
abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that
stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S.
waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS' U.S.
2016 US Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Marine Stock Assessment Report
(Hayes et al. 2017). All values presented in Table 15 are the most
recent available at the time of publication and are available in the
2016 Stock assessment report (available online at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/).
As described below, two marine mammal species (with 7 managed
stocks) temporally and spatially co-occur with the activity to the
degree that take is reasonably likely to occur, and we have proposed
authorizing it.
Table 15--Species Proposed for Authorized Take *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock abundance (CV,
ESA/MMPA status; Nmin, most recent Annual M/SI
Common name Scientific name Stock strategic (Y/N) \1\ abundance survey) PBR \3\
\2\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Delphinidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Bottlenose dolphin........ Tursiops truncatus.. Choctawatchee Bay... -/-:Y 179 (0.04,173, 2007) 1.7 3.4 (0.99)
Pensacola/East Bay.. -/-:Y 33 (0.80, UNK, 1993) UND UND
St. Andrew Bay...... -/-:Y 124 (0.21, UNK, UND UND
1993).
Gulf of Mexico -/-:N 7,185 (0.21, 6,044, 60 21 (0.66)
Northern Coastal. 2012).
Northern Gulf of -/-:N 51,192 (0.10, 469 56 (0.42)
Mexico Continental 46,926, 2012).
Shelf.
Northern Gulf of -/-:N 5,806 (0.39, 4,230, 42 6.5 (0.65)
Mexico Oceanic. 2009).
Atlantic spotted dolphin......... Stenella frontalis.. Northern Gulf of -/-:N 37,611 (0.28, UNK, UND 42 (0.45)
Mexico. 2004).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Hayes et al. 2017.
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of
stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable [explain if this is the case].
\3\ These values, found in NMFS's SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV
associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
An additional 19 cetacean species could occur within the
northeastern Gulf of Mexico, mainly occurring at or beyond the shelf
break (i.e., water depth of approximately 200 m (656.2 ft)) located
beyond the W-151A test area. NMFS and Eglin AFB consider these 19
species to be rare or extralimital within the W-151A test location
area. These species are the Bryde's whale (Balaenoptera edeni), sperm
whale (Physeter macrocephalus), dwarf sperm whale (Kogia sima), pygmy
sperm whale (K. breviceps), pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella
attenuata), Clymene dolphin (S. clymene), spinner dolphin (S.
longirostris), striped dolphin (S. coeruleoalba), Blainville's beaked
whale (Mesoplodon densirostris), Gervais' beaked whale (M. europaeus),
Cuvier's beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris), killer whale (Orcinus
orca), false killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens), pygmy killer whale
(Feresa attenuata), Risso's dolphin (Grampus griseus), Fraser's dolphin
(Lagenodelphis hosei), melon-headed whale (Peponocephala electra),
rough-toothed dolphin (Steno bredanensis), and short-finned pilot whale
(Globicephala macrorhynchus).
Of these species, only the sperm whale is listed as endangered
under the ESA and as depleted throughout its range under the MMPA.
Sperm whale occurrence within W-151A is unlikely because almost all
reported sightings have occurred in water depths greater than 200 m
(656.2 ft). The uncommon Bryde's whale occurs in waters at a depth of
100-300 m and has been proposed for listing under the ESA. However,
trained observers will be vigilant in watching for these whales and
ensuring they are not in the ZOI during mission activities. As such,
Eglin AFB is not anticipating or requesting take for these species.
Because marine mammals from the other 19 species with potential
occurrence within the northeast Gulf of Mexico listed above are
unlikely to occur within the W-151A area, or are likely to move away
from the target area in response to proposed mitigation measures, Eglin
AFB has not requested authorization for, nor are we proposing to
authorize take for them. Thus, we do not consider these species further
in this notice.
Below we offer a brief introduction to the two species and relevant
stocks that are likely to be affected by testing and training
activities in the EGTTR. We provide a summary of available information
regarding population trends and threats, and describe any information
regarding local occurrence.
Common Bottlenose Dolphin
This species is not listed under the ESA but is protected under the
MMPA. Along the United States east coast and northern Gulf of Mexico,
the bottlenose dolphin stock structure is well studied. There are
currently 34 stocks identified by NMFS in northern Gulf of Mexico
including the Continental Shelf stock, Northern Coastal stock, Oceanic
stock,
[[Page 61384]]
and 31 bay, sound and estuary stocks (BSE) (Waring et al. 2016).
Genetic, photo-identification, and tagging data support the concept
of relatively discrete bay, sound, and estuary stocks (Waring et al.,
2016; Duffield and Wells 2002). NMFS has provisionally identified 31
such stocks which inhabit areas of contiguous, enclosed, or semi-
enclosed water bodies adjacent to the northern Gulf of Mexico. The
stocks are based on a description of dolphin communities in some areas
of the Gulf coast. A community is generally defined as resident
dolphins that regularly share a large portion of their range; exhibit
similar genetic profiles; and interact with each other to a much
greater extent than with dolphins in adjacent waters. Although the
shoreward boundary of W-151 is beyond these environments, individuals
from these stocks could potentially enter the project area. Movement
between various communities has been documented (Waring et al., 2016;
Fazioli et al. 2006) reported that dolphins found within bays, sounds,
and estuaries on the west central Florida coast move into the nearby
Gulf waters used by coastal stocks. Air-to-surface activities will
occur directly seaward of the area occupied by the Choctawhatchee Bay
stock. The best abundance estimate for this stock, as provided in the
Stock Assessment Report, is 179. Stocks immediately to the west and
east of Choctawhatchee Bay include Pensacola/East Bay and St. Andrew
Bay stocks. PBR for the Choctawhatchee Bay stock is 1.7 individuals.
NMFS considers all bay, sound, and estuary stocks to be strategic.
Of the 31 stocks of Bay, Sound and Estuary (BSE) bottlenose
dolphins recognized by NMFS, only 11 met the criteria for small and
resident populations as a biologically important area. The
Choctawhatchee Bay Stock has published data suggesting small and
resident populations; however, it was one of the 21 remaining stocks
that did not meet the biologically important area criteria (LaBrecque
et al., 2015). Therefore, no biologically important areas have been
identified within or around the EGTTR Study Area.
The bottlenose dolphin is the most widespread and common cetacean
in coastal waters of the Gulf of Mexico (W[uuml]rsig et al., 2000). The
species is abundant in continental shelf waters throughout the northern
Gulf of Mexico (Fulling et al., 2003; Waring et al., 2016), including
the outer continental shelf, upper slope, nearshore waters, the DeSoto
Canyon region, the West Florida Shelf, and the Florida Escarpment.
Mullin and Fulling (2004) noted that in oceanic waters, bottlenose
dolphins are encountered primarily in upper continental slope waters
(less than 1,000 m (3281 ft) in bottom depth) and that highest
densities are in the northeastern Gulf. Significant occurrence is
expected near all bays in the northern Gulf.
Three coastal stocks have been identified in the northern Gulf of
Mexico, occupying waters from the shore to the 20-m (66-ft) isobath:
Eastern Coastal, Northern Coastal, and Western Coastal stocks. The
Western Coastal stock inhabits nearshore waters from the Texas/Mexico
border to the Mississippi River Delta. The Northern Coastal stock's
range is considered to be from the Mississippi River Delta to the Big
Bend region of Florida (approximately 84[deg] W). The Eastern Coastal
stock is defined from 84[deg] W to Key West, Florida. Of the coastal
stocks, the Northern Coastal Stock is geographically associated with
the GRATV target location. PBR is 60 individuals. Prior to 2012, this
stock was not considered strategic. However, beginning February 1, 2010
an Unusual Mortality Event of unprecedented size and duration has been
ongoing (Litz et al., 2014) that has resulted in NMFS' reclassification
of this stock as strategic.
The Northern Gulf of Mexico Oceanic stock is provisionally defined
as bottlenose dolphins inhabiting waters from the 200-m (656-ft)
isobath to the seaward extent of the U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone. This
stock is believed to consist of the offshore form of bottlenose
dolphins. The continental shelf stock may overlap with the oceanic
stock in some areas and may be genetically indistinguishable. PBR is 42
individuals, and the stock is not considered strategic.
Sounds emitted by bottlenose dolphins have been classified into two
broad categories: Pulsed sounds (including clicks and burst-pulses) and
narrow-band continuous sounds (whistles), which usually are frequency
modulated. Clicks and whistles have a dominant frequency range of 110
to 130 kiloHertz (kHz) and a source level of 218 to 228 decibels (dB)
referenced to one microPascal-meter (dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m peak-to-peak)
(Au, 1993) and 3.4 to 14.5 kiloHertz (kHz) and 125 to 173 dB re 1
[mu]Pa-m peak-to-peak, respectively (Ketten, 1998). Whistles are
primarily associated with communication and can serve to identify
specific individuals (i.e., signature whistles) (Janik et al., 2006).
Sound production is influenced by group type (single or multiple
individuals), habitat, and behavior (Nowacek, 2005). Bray calls (low-
frequency vocalizations; majority of energy below 4 kHz), for example,
are used when capturing fishes in some regions (Janik, 2000).
Additionally, whistle production has been observed to increase while
feeding (Acevedo-Guti[eacute]rrez and Stienessen, 2004; Cook et al.,
2004). Whistles and clicks may vary geographically in terms of overall
vocal activity, group size, and specific context (e.g., feeding,
milling, traveling, and socializing) (Jones and Sayigh, 2002; Zaretsky
et al., 2005; Baron, 2006).
Bottlenose dolphins can hear within a broad frequency range of 0.04
to 160 kHz (Au, 1993; Turl, 1993). Electrophysiological experiments
suggest that the bottlenose dolphin brain has a dual analysis system:
one specialized for ultrasonic clicks and another for lower-frequency
sounds, such as whistles (Ridgway, 2000). Scientists have reported a
range of highest sensitivity between 25 and 70 kHz, with peaks in
sensitivity at 25 and 50 kHz (Nachtigall et al., 2000). Recent research
on the same individuals indicates that auditory thresholds obtained by
electrophysiological methods correlate well with those obtained in
behavior studies, except at lower (10 kHz) and higher (80 and 100 kHz)
frequencies (Finneran and Houser, 2006).
Atlantic Spotted Dolphin
The Atlantic spotted dolphin occurs in two forms that may be
distinct subspecies (Perrin et al., 1987, 1994; Viricel and Rosel
2014): the large, heavily spotted form, which inhabits the continental
shelf and is usually found inside or near the 200-m isobath; and the
smaller, less spotted island and offshore form, which occurs in the
Atlantic Ocean but is not known to occur in the Gulf of Mexico (Fulling
et al., 2003; Mullin and Fulling 2004; Viricel and Rosel 2014). In the
Gulf of Mexico, Atlantic spotted dolphins occur primarily from
continental shelf waters 10-200 m deep to slope waters less than 500 m
deep (Fulling et al., 2003; Mullin and Fulling 2004).
The most recent abundance estimate is 37,611 individuals in the
northern Gulf of Mexico (outer continental shelf and oceanic waters)
and is derived from fall surveys in 2000-2011 and spring/summer surveys
in 2003-2004. According to the 2016 Stock Assessment Report, since
these data are more than 8 years old, the current best population
estimate is unknown (Hayes et al., 2017). The northern Gulf of Mexico
population is considered to be genetically distinct from western North
Atlantic populations. PBR for this species is undetermined and the
stock is not considered strategic.
[[Page 61385]]
A variety of sounds including whistles, echolocation clicks,
squawks, barks, growls, and chirps have been recorded for the Atlantic
spotted dolphin. Whistles have dominant frequencies below 20 kHz
(range: 7.1 to 14.5 kHz), but multiple harmonics extend above 100 kHz,
while burst pulses consist of frequencies above 20 kHz (dominant
frequency of approximately 40 kHz) (Lammers et al., 2003). Other sounds
typically range in frequency from 0.1 to 8 kHz (Thomson and Richardson,
1995). Recorded echolocation clicks had two dominant frequency ranges
at 40 to 50 kHz and 110 to 130 kHz, depending on source level (Au and
Herzing, 2003). Echolocation click source levels as high as 210 dB re 1
[mu]Pa-m peak-to-peak have been recorded (Au and Herzing, 2003).
Spotted dolphins in the Bahamas were frequently recorded during
aggressive interactions with bottlenose dolphins (and their own
species) to produce squawks (0.2 to 12 kHz broad band burst pulses;
males and females), screams (5.8 to 9.4 kHz whistles; males only),
barks (0.2 to 20 kHz burst pulses; males only), and synchronized
squawks (0.1-15 kHz burst pulses; males only in a coordinated group)
(Herzing, 1996).
Hearing ability for the Atlantic spotted dolphin is unknown.
However, odontocetes are generally adapted to hear in relatively high
frequencies (Ketten, 1997).
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect
this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended that marine mammals be divided
into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated
hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response data,
audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques,
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) described
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 dB
threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with the exception
for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the lower bound was
deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower bound from Southall
et al. (2007) retained. The hearing groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below (note that these frequency ranges
correspond to the range for the composite group, with the entire range
not necessarily reflecting the capabilities of every species within
that group):
Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing
is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 35 kHz, with best
hearing estimated to be from 100 Hz to 8 kHz;
Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked
whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz, with best hearing from 10 to
less than 100 kHz;
High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and
members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members
of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data
and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized
hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz,
with best hearing between 1-50 kHz;
Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared seals): Generalized
hearing is estimated to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz, with best
hearing between 2-48 kHz.
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt,
2013).
Two marine mammal species (common bottlenose and Atlantic spotted
dolphins) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the proposed
survey activities. Both species are classified as mid-frequency
cetaceans.
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and
their habitat. The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section
later in this document includes a quantitative analysis of the number
of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The
``Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination'' section considers the
content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment'' section, and the ``Proposed Mitigation'' section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
The proposed Eglin AFB mission activities have the potential to
incidentally take marine mammals by exposing them to impulsive noise
and pressure waves generated by live ordnance detonation at and below
the surface of the water. Exposure to energy or pressure resulting from
these detonations could result in Level A harassment (PTS and slight
lung injury) and by Level B harassment (temporary threshold shift (TTS)
and behavioral harassment).
Description of Sound Sources
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the
distance between two peaks of a sound wave. Amplitude is the height of
the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound, and is
typically measured using the dB scale. A dB is the ratio between a
measured pressure (with sound) and a reference pressure (sound at a
constant pressure, established by scientific standards). It is a
logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude;
therefore, relatively small changes in dB ratings correspond to large
changes in sound pressure. When referring to sound pressure levels
(SPLs; the sound force per unit area), sound is referenced in the
context of underwater sound pressure to 1 [mu]Pa. One pascal is the
pressure resulting from a force of one newton exerted over an area of
one square meter. The source level (SL) represents the sound level at a
distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1 [mu]Pa). The received
level is the sound level at the listener's position. Note that we
reference all underwater sound levels in this document to a pressure of
1 [mu]Pa, and all airborne sound levels in this document are referenced
to a pressure of 20 [mu]Pa.
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over
the
[[Page 61386]]
duration of an impulse. Rms is calculated by squaring all of the sound
amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square root of
the average (Urick, 1983). Rms accounts for both positive and negative
values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so that one
can account for the values in the summation of pressure levels
(Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often used in the
context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed
through averaged units than by peak pressures.
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in all
directions away from the source (similar to ripples on the surface of a
pond), except in cases where the source is directional. The
compressions and decompressions associated with sound waves are
detected as changes in pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound
receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a
single source or point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the sound level
of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated
by known and unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g.,
waves, earthquakes, ice, and atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic sound (e.g., vessels, dredging, aircraft, and
construction). A number of sources contribute to ambient sound,
including the following (Richardson et al., 1995):
Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and
water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-
induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of
naturally occurring ambient noise for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50
kHz (Mitson 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to increase
with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf noise becomes
important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance of 8.5
km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band
during heavy surf conditions.
Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the
water surface can become an important component of total noise at
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times.
Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to
ambient noise levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The frequency band
for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz to over 100
kHz.
Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient noise related to human
activity include transportation (surface vessels and aircraft),
dredging and construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic
surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Shipping noise
typically dominates the total ambient noise for frequencies between 20
and 300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are
below 1 kHz; and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they
attenuate rapidly (Richardson et al., 1995). Sound from identifiable
anthropogenic sources other than the activity of interest (e.g., a
passing vessel) is sometimes termed background sound as opposed to
ambient sound.
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and
shipping activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate
through the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea
floor and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales.
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that,
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from the
specified activity may be a negligible addition to the local
environment or could form a distinctive signal that may affect marine
mammals.
The sounds produced by proposed military operations in the EGTTR
are considered impulsive, which is one of two general sound types, the
other being non-pulsed. The distinction between these two sound types
is important because they have differing potential to cause physical
effects, particularly with regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
Southall et al., 2007). Please see Southall et al. (2007) for an in-
depth discussion of these concepts.
Impulsive sound sources (e.g., explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
and impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients
(ANSI 1986; Harris, 1998; NIOSH 1998; ISO 2003), and occur either as
isolated events or repeated in some succession. These sounds have a
relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure to a maximal pressure value
followed by a rapid decay period that may include a period of
diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal pressures, and generally
have an increased capacity to induce physical injury as compared with
sounds that lack these features.
Acoustic Impacts
Please refer to the information given previously (Description of
Sound Sources) regarding sound, characteristics of sound types, and
metrics used in this document. Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad range
of frequencies and sound levels and can have a range of highly variable
impacts on marine life, from none or minor to potentially severe
responses, depending on received levels, duration of exposure,
behavioral context, and various other factors. The potential effects of
underwater sound from active acoustic sources can potentially result in
one or more of the following: Non-auditory physical or physiological
effects; temporary or permanent hearing impairment; behavioral
disturbance; stress; and masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et
al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007; G[ouml]tz et
al., 2009). The degree of effect is intrinsically related to the signal
characteristics, received level, distance from the source, duration of
the sound exposure, and animal's activity at time of exposure. In
general, sudden, high level sounds can cause hearing loss, as can
longer exposures to lower level sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of
hearing will occur almost exclusively as a result of exposure to noise
within an animal's hearing range. We first describe specific
manifestations of acoustic effects before providing discussion specific
to Eglin AFB's activities.
Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible
[[Page 61387]]
to the animal and of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or
physiological responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals
of high intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially
cause discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems.
Overlaying these zones to a certain extent is the area within which
masking (i.e., when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an
animal to detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute
hearing threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable
in size.
We briefly describe certain non-auditory physical effects which are
categorized as Level A harassment as defined in the MMPA. These blast
related effects include slight lung injury and gastrointestinal (GI)
tract injury (Finneran and Jenkins, 2012).
The threshold for slight lung injury is based on a level of lung
injury from which all exposed animals are expected to survive (zero
percent mortality) (Finneran and Jenkins, 2012). Similar to the
mortality determination, the metric is positive impulse and the
equation for determination is that of the Goertner injury model (1982),
corrected for atmospheric and hydrostatic pressures and based on the
cube root scaling of body mass (Richmond et al., 1973; U.S. Department
of the Navy, 2001b). The equation is provided in Appendix A of the
Application.
Gastrointestinal (GI) tract injuries are correlated with the peak
pressure of an underwater detonation. GI tract injury thresholds are
based on the results of experiments in the 1970s in which terrestrial
mammals were exposed to small charges. The peak pressure of the shock
wave was found to be the causal agent in recoverable contusions
(bruises) in the GI tract (Richmond et al., 1973, in Finneran and
Jenkins, 2012). The experiments found that a peak SPL of 237 dB re 1
[mu]Pa predicts the onset of GI tract injuries, regardless of an
animal's mass or size. Therefore, the unweighted peak SPL of 237 dB re
1 [mu]Pa is used in explosive impacts assessments as the threshold for
slight GI tract injury for all marine mammals.
Marine mammals may experience auditory impacts when exposed to
high-intensity sound, or to lower-intensity sound for prolonged
periods. They may experience hearing threshold shift (TS) which is the
loss of hearing sensitivity at certain frequency ranges (Kastak et al.,
1999; Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2002, 2005). TS can be
permanent (PTS), in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not
fully recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's
hearing threshold would recover over time (Southall et al., 2007).
Repeated sound exposure that leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe
cases of PTS, there can be total or partial deafness, while in most
cases the animal has an impaired ability to hear sounds in specific
frequency ranges (Kryter 1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in
the ear (i.e., tissue damage); whereas, TTS represents primarily tissue
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical
injury (e.g., Ward 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to
constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied
in marine mammals. PTS data exists only for a single harbor seal
(Kastak et al., 2008) but are assumed to be similar to those in humans
and other terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels
at least several dB above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS
onset; e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS
(a 6-dB threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et al.,
2007). Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary
assumption is that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as
bombs) are at least 6 dB higher than the TTS threshold on a peak-
pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds are
15 to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds
(Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher level of sound or longer
exposure duration necessary to cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is
considerably less likely that PTS could occur.
When a live or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and is
incapable of returning to sea, the event is termed a ``stranding'' (16
U.S.C. 1421h(3)). Marine mammals are known to strand for a variety of
reasons, such as infectious agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery
interaction, ship strike, unusual oceanographic or weather events,
sound exposure, or combinations of these stressors sustained
concurrently or in series (e.g., Geraci et al., 1999). However, the
cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (e.g., Best 1982).
Combinations of dissimilar stressors may combine to kill an animal or
dramatically reduce its fitness, even though one exposure without the
other would not be expected to produce the same outcome (e.g., Sih et
al., 2004). For further description of stranding events see, e.g.,
Southall et al., 2006; Jepson et al., 2013; Wright et al., 2013.
Temporary threshold shift (TTS) is the mildest form of hearing
impairment that can occur during exposure to sound (Kryter 1985). While
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold rises, and a sound must be at a
higher level in order to be heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals,
TTS can last from minutes or hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In
many cases, hearing sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the
sound ends. Few data on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit
mild TTS have been obtained for marine mammals, and none of the data
published at the time of this writing concern TTS elicited by exposure
to multiple pulses of sound.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and in interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts.
Currently, TTS data exist only for four species of cetaceans
((bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor
porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocoena
asiaeorientalis)) and three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant
seal (Mirounga angustirostris), harbor seal (Phoca vitulina), and
California sea lion (Zalophus californianus)) exposed to a limited
number of sound sources (i.e., mostly tones and octave-band noise) in
laboratory settings (e.g., Finneran et al., 2002; Nachtigall et al.,
2004; Kastak et al., 2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011). In
general, harbor seals (Kastak et al., 2005; Kastelein et al., 2012a)
and harbor porpoises (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have
a lower TTS onset than other measured pinniped or cetacean species.
Additionally, the existing marine mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these species. There are no data available
on
[[Page 61388]]
noise-induced hearing loss for mysticetes. For summaries of data on TTS
in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset thresholds,
please see Southall et al. (2007) and Finneran and Jenkins (2012).
Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of effects, including
subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance of an area
or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous changes in similar
behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or potentially severe
reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment of high-quality
habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly variable and context-
specific and any reactions depend on numerous intrinsic and extrinsic
factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, experience, current
activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, and time of day),
as well as the interplay between factors (e.g., Richardson et al.,
1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007;
Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not only among
individuals but also within an individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on characteristics
associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is moving or
stationary, number of sources, and distance from the source). Please
see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response.
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with
captive marine mammals have shown pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997;
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to
loud pulsed sound sources (typically seismic airguns or acoustic
harassment devices) have been varied, but often consist of avoidance
behavior or other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and
Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let
alone to the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). There are broad categories of potential response, which we
describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel
and Clark, 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al.; 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a, b). Variations in dive behavior may
reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g.,
foraging), or they may be of little biological significance. The impact
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the
type and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al.,
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history
stage of the animal.
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors,
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005b, 2006; Gailey et
al., 2007).
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic
noise (Parks et al., 2007b). In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area
once
[[Page 61389]]
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold 1996; Stone et
al., 2000; Morton and Symonds 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-term
displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not
occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et
al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, and rate of
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus 1996). The result of a flight response could range from brief,
temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the signal
provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings (Evans
and England 2001). However, it should be noted that response to a
perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and Reeves
2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may influence
the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in subtler
ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to diversion of
focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of increased
vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects have
generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and
Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford 2011). In
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However,
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting,
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle).
Disruptions of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors
such as sound exposure are more likely to be significant if they last
more than one diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al.,
2007). Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day
and not recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly
severe unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival
(Southall et al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-
day substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further,
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive
behavioral responses.
An animal's perception of a threat may be sufficient to trigger
stress responses consisting of some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system responses, neuroendocrine
responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle 1950; Moberg 2000). In many
cases, an animal's first and sometimes most economical (in terms of
energetic costs) response is behavioral avoidance of the potential
stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal
activity. These responses have a relatively short duration and may or
may not have a significant long-term effect on an animal's fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha,
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves
sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker 2000; Romano
et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations (e.g.,
Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found that
noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
Auditory masking occurs when sound disrupts behavior by masking or
interfering with an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection,
predator avoidance, and navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995). Masking
occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by another
coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or higher
intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g., snapping
shrimp, wind, waves, and precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,
shipping, sonar, and seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a
noise source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, and direction), in
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness in
[[Page 61390]]
survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the coincident (masking)
sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment when disrupting or
altering critical behaviors. It is important to distinguish TTS and
PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from masking, which occurs
during the sound exposure. Because masking (without resulting in TS) is
not associated with abnormal physiological function, it is not
considered a physiological effect, but it may result in a behavioral
effect.
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation
sounds produced by odontocetes, but are more likely to affect detection
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species.
The masking of communication signals caused by anthropogenic noise may
be considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals
(e.g., Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs
as animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007b; Di Iorio and Clark,
2009; Holt et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where
the signal and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al.,
1995), through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can be tested
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild populations
it must be either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies addressing real-world masking
sounds likely to be experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g.,
Branstetter et al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's oceans from pre-industrial
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping
(Hildebrand 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.
Acoustic Effects, Underwater
Explosive detonations at the water surface send a shock wave and
sound energy through the water and can release gaseous by-products,
create an oscillating bubble, or cause a plume of water to shoot up
from the water surface. The shock wave and accompanying noise are of
most concern to marine animals. Depending on the intensity of the shock
wave and size, location, and depth of the animal, an animal can be
injured, killed, suffer non-lethal physical effects, experience hearing
related effects with or without behavioral responses, or exhibit
temporary behavioral responses (e.g., flight responses, temporary
avoidance) from hearing the blast sound. Generally, exposures to higher
levels of impulse and pressure levels would result in greater impacts
to an individual animal.
The effects of underwater detonations on marine mammals are
dependent on several factors, including the size, type, and depth of
the animal; the depth, intensity, and duration of the sound; the depth
of the water column; the substrate of the habitat; the standoff
distance between activities and the animal; and the sound propagation
properties of the environment. Thus, we expect impacts to marine
mammals from EGTTR activities to result primarily from acoustic
pathways. As such, the degree of the effect relates to the received
level and duration of the sound exposure, as influenced by the distance
between the animal and the source. The further away from the source,
the less intense the exposure should be.
The potential effects of underwater detonations from the proposed
EGTTR mission activities may include one or more of the following:
Temporary or permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory physical or
physiological effects, behavioral disturbance, and masking (Richardson
et al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et
al., 2007). However, the effects of noise on marine mammals are highly
variable, often depending on species and contextual factors (based on
Richardson et al., 1995).
In the absence of mitigation, impacts to marine species could
result from physiological and behavioral responses to both the type and
strength of the acoustic signature (Viada et al., 2008). The type and
severity of behavioral impacts are more difficult to define due to
limited studies addressing the behavioral effects of impulsive sounds
on marine mammals.
Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects--Marine mammals
exposed to high intensity sound repeatedly or for prolonged periods can
experience hearing threshold shift. Given the available data, the
received level of a single pulse (with no frequency weighting) might
need to be approximately 186 dB re 1 [mu]Pa2-s (i.e., 186 dB sound
exposure level (SEL) or approximately 221-226 dB p-p (peak)) in order
to produce brief, mild TTS. Exposure to several strong pulses that each
have received levels near 190 dB rms (175-180 dB SEL) might result in
cumulative exposure of approximately 186 dB SEL and thus slight TTS in
a small odontocete, assuming the TTS threshold is (to a first
approximation) a function of the total received pulse energy.
Non-auditory Physiological Effects--Non-auditory physiological
effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals
exposed to strong underwater sound include stress and other types of
organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007).
Serious Injury/Mortality: The explosions from munitions would send
a shock wave and blast noise through the water, release gaseous by-
products, create an oscillating bubble, and cause a plume of water to
shoot up from the water surface. The shock wave and blast noise are of
most concern to marine animals. In general, potential impacts from
explosive detonations can range from brief effects (such as short term
behavioral disturbance), tactile perception, physical discomfort,
slight injury of the internal organs, and death of the animal
(Yelverton et al., 1973; O'Keeffe and Young 1984). Physical damage of
tissues resulting from a shock wave (from an explosive detonation)
constitutes an injury. Blast effects are greatest at the gas-liquid
interface (Landsberg 2000) and gas-containing organs, particularly the
lungs and gastrointestinal tract, are especially susceptible to damage
(Goertner 1982; Yelverton et al., 1973). Nasal sacs, larynx, pharynx,
trachea, and lungs may be damaged by compression/expansion caused by
the oscillations of the blast gas bubble (Reidenberg and Laitman 2003).
Severe damage (from the shock wave) to the ears can include tympanic
membrane rupture, fracture of the ossicles, cochlear damage,
hemorrhage, and cerebrospinal fluid leakage into the middle ear.
Non-lethal injury includes slight injury to internal organs and the
auditory system; however, delayed lethality can be a result of
individual or cumulative sublethal injuries (DoN 2001). Immediate
lethal injury would be a result of massive combined trauma to internal
organs as a direct result of
[[Page 61391]]
proximity to the point of detonation (DoN 2001).
Disturbance Reactions
Because the few available studies show wide variation in response
to underwater sound, it is difficult to quantify exactly how sound from
military operations at the EGTTR would affect marine mammals. It is
likely that the onset of surface detonations could result in temporary,
short term changes in an animal's typical behavior and/or avoidance of
the affected area. These behavioral changes may include (Richardson et
al., 1995): Changing durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows
per surfacing, moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such
as socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); or avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located.
The biological significance of any of these behavioral disturbances
is difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear
minor. However generally, one could expect the consequences of
behavioral modification to be biologically significant if the change
affects growth, survival, or reproduction. Significant behavioral
modifications that could potentially lead to effects on growth,
survival, or reproduction include:
Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as
those thought to cause beaked whale stranding due to exposure to
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
Habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic
environment; and
Cessation of feeding or social interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic sound
depends on both external factors (characteristics of sound sources and
their paths) and the specific characteristics of the receiving animals
(hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is difficult to
predict (Southall et al., 2007).
Auditory Masking
While it may occur temporarily, we do not expect auditory masking
to result in detrimental impacts to an individual's or population's
survival, fitness, or reproductive success. Dolphin movement is not
restricted within EGTTR area, allowing for movement out of the area to
avoid masking impacts, and the sound resulting from the detonations is
short in duration. Also, masking is typically of greater concern for
those marine mammals that utilize low frequency communications, such as
baleen whales and, as such, is not likely to occur for marine mammals
in the EGTTR area.
Vessel and Aircraft Presence
The marine mammals most vulnerable to vessel strikes are slow-
moving and/or spend extended periods of time at the surface in order to
restore oxygen levels within their tissues after deep dives (e.g.,
North Atlantic right whales (Eubalaena glacialis), fin whales, and
sperm whales). Smaller marine mammals, including dolphins, are agile
and move more quickly through the water, making them less susceptible
to ship strikes.
Aircraft produce noise at frequencies that are well within the
frequency range of cetacean hearing and also produce visual signals
such as the aircraft itself and its shadow (Richardson et al., 1995,
Richardson and Wursig, 1997). A major difference between aircraft noise
and noise caused by other anthropogenic sources is that the sound is
generated in the air, transmitted through the water surface and then
propagates underwater to the receiver, diminishing the received levels
significantly below what is heard above the water's surface. Sound
transmission from air to water is greatest in a sound cone 26 degrees
directly under the aircraft.
There are fewer reports of reactions of odontocetes to aircraft
than those of pinnipeds. Responses to aircraft by pinnipeds include
diving, slapping the water with pectoral fins or tail fluke, or
swimming away from the track of the aircraft (Richardson et al., 1995).
The nature and degree of the response, or the lack thereof, are
dependent upon the nature of the flight (e.g., type of aircraft,
altitude, straight vs. circular flight pattern). Wursig et al. (1998)
assessed the responses of cetaceans to aerial surveys in the north
central and western Gulf of Mexico using a DeHavilland Twin Otter
fixed-wing airplane. The plane flew at an altitude of 229 m (751.3 ft)
at 204 km/hr (126.7 mph) and maintained a minimum of 305 m (1,000 ft)
straight line distance from the cetaceans. Water depth was 100 to 1,000
m (328 to 3,281 ft). Bottlenose dolphins most commonly responded by
diving (48 percent), while 14 percent responded by moving away. Other
species (e.g., beluga (Delphinapterus leucas) and sperm whales) show
considerable variation in reactions to aircraft but diving or swimming
away from the aircraft are the most common reactions to low flights
(less than 500 m; 1,640 ft).
Direct Strike by Ordnance
Another potential risk to marine mammals is direct strike by
ordnance, in which the ordnance physically hits an animal. Although
strike from an item at the surface of the water while the animals are
at the surface is possible, the potential risk of a direct hit to an
animal within the target area would be low. Marine mammals spend the
majority of their time below the surface of the water, and the
potential for one bomb or missile to hit that animal at that specific
time is highly unlikely. The 2002 Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range
(EGTTR) Programmatic Environmental Assessment (Navy 2002) estimated
that a maximum of 0.2 marine mammals could potentially be struck by
projectiles, falling debris, and inert munitions each year.
Anticipated Effects on Habitat
The primary sources of marine mammal habitat impact are noise and
pressure waves resulting from live weapon detonations. However, neither
the noise nor overpressure constitutes a long-term physical alteration
of the water column or ocean floor. Further, these effects are not
expected to substantially affect prey availability, are of limited
duration, and are intermittent. Impacts to marine fish were analyzed in
the Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range Environmental Assessment
(Department of the Air Force, 2015). While detonations of live ordnance
from EGTTR activities have the potential to kill or injure marine fish,
most fish species experience large numbers of natural mortalities. Any
behavioral reactions of fish in the vicinity of underwater detonations
would be relatively short term, localized, and are not expected to have
lasting effects on the survival, growth, or reproduction of fish
populations. Additionally, the relatively small levels of mortality
potentially caused by EGTTR missions would not likely affect fish
populations as a whole and would therefore not limit prey availability
for marine mammals.
Other factors related to air-to-surface activities that could
potentially affect marine mammal habitat include the introduction of
metals, explosives and explosion by-products, other chemical materials,
and debris into the water column and substrate due to the use of
munitions and target vessels. The effects of each were analyzed under
National Environmental Policy Act documentation (Eglin Gulf Test and
Training Range Environmental Assessment; in preparation) and were
determined to not be significant. The
[[Page 61392]]
analysis in the Range Environmental Assessment is provided in the
following paragraphs.
Various metals would be introduced into the water column through
expended munitions. The casings, fins, or other parts of large
munitions such as bombs and missiles are typically composed primarily
of steel but usually also contain small amounts of lead, manganese,
phosphorus, sulfur, copper, nickel, and several other metals (U.S.
Navy, 2013). Many smaller caliber rounds contain aluminum, copper, and
zinc. Aluminum is also present in some explosive materials such as
tritonal and PBXN-109. Lead is present in batteries typically used in
vessels such as the remotely controlled target boats. Many metals occur
naturally in seawater at varying concentrations and some, such as
aluminum, would not necessarily be detrimental to the substrate or
water column. However, at high concentrations, a number of metals
(e.g., lead) may be toxic to microbial communities in the substrate.
Munitions and other metal items would sink to the seafloor and
would typically undergo one of three processes: (1) Enter the sediment
where there is reduced oxygen content, (2) remain exposed on the ocean
floor and begin to react with seawater, or (3) remain exposed on the
ocean floor and become encrusted with marine organisms. The rate of
deterioration would therefore depend on the specific composition of an
item and its position relative to the seafloor/water column. Munitions
located deep in the sediment would typically undergo slow
deterioration. Some portion of the metal ions would become bound to
sediment particles. Metal materials exposed to seawater would begin to
slowly corrode. This process typically creates a layer of corroded
material between the seawater and metal, which slows the movement of
the metal ions into the adjacent sediment and water column. Therefore,
elevated levels of metals in sediment would be restricted to a small
zone around the munitions, and releases to the overlying water column
would be diluted. A similar process would occur with munitions that
become covered by marine growth. Direct exposure to seawater would be
reduced, thereby decreasing the rate of corrosion.
Munitions that come to rest on the seafloor would slowly corrode
and would release small amounts of metals to adjacent sediment and the
water column. Metal particles that migrate into the water column would
be diluted by diffusion and water movement. Elevated concentrations
would be localized and would not be expected to significantly affect
overall local or regional water quality. This expectation is supported
by the results of two U.S. Navy studies related to munitions use and
water quality, as summarized in U.S. Navy (2013). In one study, water
quality sampling for lead, manganese, nickel, vanadium, and zinc was
conducted at a shallow bombing range in Pamlico Sound off North
Carolina immediately following a bomb training event with inert
practice munitions. With the exception of nickel, all water quality
parameters tested were within the state limits. The nickel
concentration was significantly higher than the state criterion,
although the concentration did not differ significantly from a control
site located outside the bombing range. This suggests that bombing
activities may not have been responsible for the elevated nickel
concentration. The second study, conducted by the U.S. Marine Corps,
included sediment and water quality sampling for 26 munitions
constituents at several water training ranges. Metals included lead and
magnesium. No levels were detected above screening values used at the
water ranges.
Chemical materials with potential to affect substrates and the
water column include explosives, explosion by-products, and fuel, oil,
and other fluids (including battery acid) associated with vessel
operations and the use of remotely controlled target boats. Explosives
are complex chemical mixtures that may affect water or sediment quality
through the by-products of their detonation and the distribution of
unconsumed explosives. Some of the more common types of explosive
materials used in air-to-surface activities include tritonal and
research department explosive (RDX). Tritonal is primarily composed of
2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT). Therefore, discussion in the remainder of
this section will consider TNT and RDX to be representative of all
explosives. During detonation, energetic compounds may undergo high-
order (complete) detonation or low-order (incomplete) detonation, or
they may fail to detonate altogether. High-order detonations consume
almost all of the explosive material, with the remainder released into
the environment as discrete particles. Analysis of live-fire
detonations on terrestrial ranges have indicated that over 99.9 percent
of TNT and RDX explosive material is typically consumed during a high-
order detonation (USACE, 2003). Pennington et al. (2006) reported a
median value of 0.006 percent and 0.02 percent for TNT and RDX residue,
respectively, remaining after detonation. The annual total NEW for all
combined munitions is 30,488 pounds. Using the more conservative
(higher) value of 0.02 percent for residual material, a total of about
6.1 pounds of explosive material could be deposited into the EGTTR
annually. For purposes of analysis, it may be conservatively assumed
that all residual materials are deposited simultaneously and remain
within W-151A and within the top 10 ft of the water column (10 ft is
the maximum detonation scenario for any munition). In this case, the
resulting concentration of explosive material would be about 8 x
10-8 milligrams/liter (mg/L). In reality, the materials
would be dispersed throughout a larger surface area and water volume by
currents, waves, and wind (for in-air detonations). Although there are
no regulatory standards specifically for explosive materials in marine
waters, this value may be compared with the Department of Defense Range
and Munitions Use Working Group marine screening value for the amount
of C-4 (another type of explosive composed of mostly RDX) remaining
after detonation (as provided in U.S. Navy, 2013). The screening value
is 5 mg/L, which is many orders of magnitude greater than the
concentration calculated above.
Various by-products are produced during and immediately after
detonation of TNT and RDX. During the brief time that a detonation is
in progress, intermediate products may include carbon ions, nitrogen
ions, oxygen ions, water, hydrogen cyanide, carbon monoxide, nitrogen
gas, nitrous oxide, cyanic acid, and carbon dioxide (Becker, 1995).
However, reactions quickly occur between the intermediates, and the
final products consist mainly of carbon (i.e., soot), carbon dioxide
(CO2), water, carbon monoxide (CO), and nitrogen gas
(Swisdak, 1975). These substances are natural components of seawater.
Other products, occurring at substantially lower concentrations,
include hydrogen, ammonia, methane, and hydrogen cyanide, among others.
After detonation, the residual explosive materials and detonation
by-products would be dispersed throughout the northern Gulf of Mexico
by diffusion and by the action of wind, waves, and currents. A portion
of the carbon compounds, such as CO and CO2, would likely
become integrated into the carbonate system (alkalinity and pH
buffering capacity of seawater). Some of the nitrogen and carbon
compounds would be metabolized or assimilated by phytoplankton and
bacteria. Most of the gas products that do not react with the water or
become
[[Page 61393]]
assimilated by organisms would be released to the atmosphere. In
addition, many of the detonations would occur in the air or at the
water surface. In these cases, some portion of the by-products could be
widely distributed by wind. Given that the residual concentration of
explosive material would be small, that most of the explosion by-
products would be harmless or natural seawater constituents, and that
by-products would dissipate or be quickly diluted, impacts resulting
from high-order detonations would be negligible.
Low-order detonations consume a lower percentage of the explosive;
and, therefore, a portion of the material is available for release into
the environment. If the ordnance fails to detonate, the entire amount
of energetic compound remains largely intact and is released to the
environment over time as the munition casing corrodes. The likelihood
of incomplete detonations is not quantified; however, the portion of
munitions that could fail to detonate (i.e., duds) has been estimated
at between about 3 and 5 percent (USACE, 2007; Rand Corporation, 2005).
Due to the potential dud rate, number of live munitions included in the
2015 REA, and NEW in each munition, an un-estimable but small amount of
explosive material (TNT and RDX, among others) could enter the EGTTR
annually through unexploded munitions. However, most of this material
would not be available to the marine environment immediately. Explosive
material would diffuse into the water through screw threads, cracks, or
pinholes in the munition casings. Therefore, movement of explosive
material into the water column would likely be a slow process,
potentially ranging from months to decades.
After leaving the munition casing, explosive material would enter
the sediment or water column. Similar to the discussion of explosive
by-products above, chemical materials in the water column would be
dispersed by currents and would eventually become uniformly distributed
throughout the northern Gulf of Mexico. Explosive materials in the
water column would also be subject to biotic (biological) and abiotic
(physical and chemical) transformation and degradation, including
hydrolysis, ultraviolet radiation exposure, and biodegradation. The
results of a recent investigation suggest that TNT is rapidly degraded
in marine environments by biological and photochemical processes
(Walker et al., 2006). Marine ecosystems are generally nitrogen limited
compared with freshwater systems, and marine microbes such as bacteria
may therefore readily use TNT metabolites (e.g., ammonia and ammonium).
TNT that is not biodegraded may sorb (bind to by absorption or
adsorption) onto particulates, break down into dissolved organic
matter, or dissolve into the water column. TNT is also subject to
photochemical degradation, known as photolysis, whereby the ultraviolet
component of sunlight degrades the compound into products similar to
those produced by biodegradation. Photolysis is more effective in
waters of shallower depth and/or with greater clarity. Uptake and
metabolism of TNT has also been noted in phytoplankton. It is assumed
that similar processes could affect other explosives such as RDX.
The results of studies of UXO in marine environments generally
suggest that there is little overall impact to water quality resulting
from the leaching of explosive material. Various researchers have
studied an area in Halifax Harbor, Nova Scotia, where UXO was deposited
in 1945. Rodacy et al. (2000) reported that explosives signatures were
detectable in 58 percent of water samples, but that marine growth was
observed on most of the exposed ordnance. TNT metabolites, suspected to
result from biological decomposition, were also detected. In an earlier
study (Darrach et al. 1998), sediment collected near unexploded (but
broken) ordnance did not indicate the presence of TNT, whereas samples
near intact ordnance showed trace explosives in the range of low parts
per billion or high parts per trillion. The authors concluded that,
after 50 years, the contents of broken munitions had dissolved,
reacted, biodegraded, or photodegraded and that intact munitions appear
to be slowly releasing their contents through corrosion pinholes or
screw threads.
Hoffsommer et al. (1972) analyzed seawater (as well as sediment and
ocean floor fauna) at known munitions dumping sites off Washington
State and South Carolina for the presence of TNT, RDX, tetryl, and
ammonium perchlorate. None of these materials were found in any of the
samples. Walker et al. (2006) sampled seawater and sediment at two
offshore sites where underwater demolition was conducted using 10-pound
charges of TNT and RDX. Residual TNT and RDX were below the detection
limit in seawater, including samples collected in the plume within five
minutes of detonation.
Additional materials produced during air-to-surface activities
would include petroleum products (primarily fuel and oil in target
boats), battery acid, and plastics. Increased use of remotely
controlled target boats and mission support vessels would increase the
potential for fuel, oil, and battery acid to be deposited in the water
(primarily through destruction of target boats). When hydrocarbons
enter the ocean, the lighter-weight components evaporate, degrade by
sunlight, and undergo chemical degradation. Many constituents are also
consumed by microbes. Higher-weight molecular compounds are more
resistant to degradation and tend to persist after these processes have
occurred. Microbial breakdown of PCBs has been documented in estuarine
and marine sediments (Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease, 2000).
In addition, currents would disperse any hydrocarbons produced during
test and training activities. It is anticipated that potential impacts
to water quality due to petroleum-based products would be
insignificant. Similarly, battery acid, while possibly having a
temporary and local effect on the water column, would be quickly
dispersed and diluted by water currents.
Debris deposited on the seafloor would include spent munitions
fragments and possibly pieces of targets (fiberglass, plywood, etc.).
Debris would not appreciably affect the sandy seafloor. Debris moved by
water currents could scour the bottom, but sediments would quickly
refill any affected areas, and overall effects to benthic communities
would be minor. Large pieces of debris would not be as prone to
movement on the seafloor and could result in beneficial effects by
providing habitat for encrusting organisms, fish, and other marine
fauna. Target boats have foam-filled hulls, and most of the pieces are
designed to float in order to facilitate collection for a damage
assessment. Overall, the quantity of material deposited on the seafloor
would be small compared with other sources of debris in the Gulf of
Mexico. Hardbottom habitats and artificial reefs would be avoided when
possible through location of target sites and training missions and
would not be likely to be affected by debris. There is a potential for
some debris to be carried by currents and interact with the substrate,
but damage to natural or artificial reefs is not expected and the
impacts would not be significant.
Previous Monitoring Results
Below is a summary of annual marine mammal monitoring reports
required as part of LOAs and IHAs issued to Eglin AFB. AFSOC gunnery
missions were scheduled over nine days in 2012, three days in 2013, 10
days in 2014, and eight days in 2015. There was no recorded
[[Page 61394]]
take of marine mammals during this time period. Thirteen days of
maritime strike operations took place in 2013 and 2014 with no recorded
takes. WSEP missions were held over four days in 2015 and five days in
2016 with no observable takes before, during, and after each mission.
In summary, Eglin AFB reports that since 2012 no observable take of
marine mammals has occurred incidental to numerous missions and mission
activities in the EGTTR.
While we anticipate that the specified activity may result in
marine mammals avoiding certain areas due to temporary ensonification,
this impact to habitat and prey species would be temporary and
reversible. The main impact associated with the proposed activity would
be temporarily elevated noise levels and the associated direct effects
on marine mammals, previously discussed in this notice. Marine mammals
are anticipated to temporarily vacate the area of live detonations.
However, these events are usually of short duration, and animals are
anticipated to return to the activity area during periods of non-
activity. Thus, based on the preceding discussion, we do not anticipate
that the proposed activity would have any habitat-related effects that
could cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through this LOA, which will inform NMFS'
consideration of the negligible impact determination.
For this military readiness activity, the MMPA defines
``harassment'' as: (i) Any act that injures or has the significant
potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
(Level A Harassment); or (ii) Any act that disturbs or is likely to
disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing
disruption of natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited
to, migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to
a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or significantly
altered (Level B Harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as use
of explosive sources has the potential to result in disruption of
behavioral patterns and TTS for individual marine mammals. There is
also some potential for auditory injury and tissue damage (Level A
harassment) to result. The proposed mitigation and monitoring measures
are expected to minimize the severity of such taking to the extent
practicable. As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or
proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the
take is estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering:
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas;
and, (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these
components in more detail and present the proposed take estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment). Thresholds have also
been developed to identify the pressure levels above which animals may
incur different types of tissue damage from exposure to pressure waves
from explosive detonation.
The criteria and thresholds used to estimate potential pressure and
energy impacts to marine mammals resulting from detonations were
obtained from Finneran and Jenkins (2012). Criteria used to analyze
impacts to marine mammals include mortality, harassment that causes or
is likely to cause injury (Level A) and harassment that disrupts or is
likely to disrupt natural behavior patterns (Level B). Each category is
discussed below with additional details provided in Appendix A of the
application.
Mortality
Mortality risk assessment may be considered in terms of direct
injury, which includes primary blast injury and barotrauma. The
potential for direct injury of marine mammals has been inferred from
terrestrial mammal experiments and from post-mortem examination of
marine mammals believed to have been exposed to underwater explosions
(Finneran and Jenkins, 2012; Ketten et al., 1993; Richmond et al.,
1973). Actual effects on marine mammals may differ from terrestrial
animals due to anatomical and physiological differences, such as a
reinforced trachea and flexible thoracic cavity, which may decrease the
risk of injury (Ridgway and Dailey, 1972).
Primary blast injuries result from the initial compression of a
body exposed to a blast wave, and is usually limited to gas-containing
structures (e.g., lung and gut) and the auditory system (U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001b). Barotrauma refers to injuries caused
when large pressure changes occur across tissue interfaces, normally at
the boundaries of air-filled tissues such as the lungs. Primary blast
injury to the respiratory system may be fatal depending upon the
severity of the trauma. Rupture of the lung may introduce air into the
vascular system, producing air emboli that can restrict oxygen delivery
to the brain or heart.
Whereas a single mortality threshold was previously used in
acoustic impacts analysis, species-specific thresholds are currently
required. Thresholds are based on the level of impact that would cause
extensive lung injury to one percent of exposed animals (i.e., an
impact level from which one percent of exposed animals would not
recover). (Finneran and Jenkins, 2012). The threshold represents the
expected onset of mortality, where 99 percent of exposed animals would
be expected to survive. Most survivors would have moderate blast
injuries. The lethal exposure level of blast noise, associated with the
positive impulse pressure of the blast, is expressed as Pa[middot]s and
is determined using the Goertner (1982) modified positive impulse
equation. This equation incorporates source/animal depths and the mass
of a newborn calf for the affected species. The threshold is
conservative because animals of greater mass can withstand greater
pressure waves, and newborn calves typically make up a very small
percentage of any cetacean group.
For the actions described in this proposed LOA, two species are
expected to occur within the EGTTR Study Area: The bottlenose dolphin
and the Atlantic spotted dolphin. Finneran and Jenkins (2012) provide
known or surrogate masses for newborn calves of several cetacean
species. For the bottlenose dolphin, this value is 14 kilograms (kg)
(31 pounds). Values are not provided for the Atlantic spotted dolphin
and, therefore, a surrogate species, the striped dolphin (Stenella
coeruleoalba), is used. The mass provided for a newborn striped dolphin
calf is 7 kg (15 pounds). Impacts analysis for the unidentified dolphin
group (assumed to consist of bottlenose and Atlantic striped dolphins)
conservatively used the mass of the smaller spotted dolphin. The
Goertner equation, as presented in Finneran and Jenkins (2012) is used
in
[[Page 61395]]
the acoustic model to develop impacts analysis in this LOA request. The
equation is provided in Table 16.
Injury (Level A Harassment)
Potential injuries that may occur to marine mammals include blast
related injury: Gastrointestinal (GI) tract injury and slight lung
injury, and irrecoverable auditory damage. These injury categories are
all types of Level A harassment as defined in the MMPA.
Slight Lung Injury--This threshold is based on a level of lung
injury from which all exposed animals are expected to survive (zero
percent mortality) (Finneran and Jenkins, 2012). Similar to the
mortality determination, the metric is positive impulse and the
equation for determination is that of the Goertner injury model (1982),
corrected for atmospheric and hydrostatic pressures and based on the
cube root scaling of body mass (Richmond et al., 1973; U.S. Department
of the Navy, 2001b). The equation is provided in Table 16.
Gastrointestinal Tract Injuries--GI tract injuries are correlated
with the peak pressure of an underwater detonation. GI tract injury
thresholds are based on the results of experiments in the 1970s in
which terrestrial mammals were exposed to small charges. The peak
pressure of the shock wave was found to be the causal agent in
recoverable contusions (bruises) in the GI tract (Richmond et al.,
1973, in Finneran and Jenkins, 2012). The experiments found that a peak
SPL of 237 dB re 1 [mu]Pa predicts the onset of GI tract injuries,
regardless of an animal's mass or size. Therefore, the unweighted peak
SPL of 237 dB re 1 [mu]Pa is used in explosive impacts assessments as
the threshold for slight GI tract injury for all marine mammals.
Auditory Damage (PTS)--Another type of injury, permanent threshold
shift or PTS, is auditory damage that does not fully recover and
results in a permanent decrease in hearing sensitivity. As there have
been no studies to determine the onset of PTS in marine mammals, this
threshold is estimated from available information associated with TTS.
According to research by the Navy (Navy, 2017) PTS thresholds are
defined differently for three groups of cetaceans based on their
hearing sensitivity: Low frequency, mid-frequency, and high frequency.
Bottlenose and Atlantic spotted dolphins that are the subject of the
EGTTR acoustic impacts analysis both fall within the mid-frequency
hearing category. The PTS thresholds use dual criteria, one based on
cumulative SEL and one based on peak SPL of an underwater blast. For a
given analysis, the more conservative of the two is applied to afford
the most protection to marine mammals. The mid-frequency cetacean
criteria for PTS are provided in Table 16.
Non-Injurious Impacts (Level B Harassment)
Two categories of Level B harassment are currently recognized:
Temporary threshold shift (TTS) and behavioral impacts. Although TTS is
a physiological impact, it is not considered injury because auditory
structures are temporarily fatigued instead of being permanently
damaged.
TTS--Non-injurious effects on marine mammals, such as TTS, are
generally extrapolated from data on terrestrial mammals (Southall et
al., 2007). Similar to PTS, dual criteria are provided for TTS
thresholds, and the more conservative is typically applied in impacts
analysis. TTS criteria are based on data from impulse sound exposures
when available. According to the most recent data (Navy, 2017) the TTS
onset thresholds for mid-frequency cetaceans are based on TTS data from
a beluga whale exposed to an underwater impulse produced from a seismic
watergun. The TTS thresholds consist of the SEL of an underwater blast
weighted to the hearing sensitivity of mid-frequency cetaceans and an
unweighted peak SPL measure. The dual thresholds for TTS in mid-
frequency cetaceans are provided in Table 16.
Behavioral Impacts
Behavioral impacts refer to disturbances that may occur at sound
levels below those considered to cause TTS in marine mammals,
particularly in cases of multiple detonations. During an activity with
a series of explosions (not concurrent multiple explosions shown in a
burst), an animal is expected to exhibit a startle reaction to the
first detonation followed by a behavioral response after multiple
detonations. At close ranges and high sound levels, avoidance of the
area around the explosions is the assumed behavioral response in most
cases. Other behavioral impacts may include decreased ability to feed,
communicate, migrate, or reproduce, among others. Such effects, known
as sub-TTS Level B harassment, are based on observations of behavioral
reactions in captive dolphins and beluga whales exposed to pure tones,
a different type of noise than that produced from an underwater
detonation (Finneran and Schlundt, 2004; Schlundt et al., 2000). For
multiple, successive detonations (i.e., detonations happening at the
same location within a 24-hour period), the threshold for behavioral
disturbance is set 5 dB below the SEL-based TTS threshold, unless there
are species- or group-specific data indicating that a lower threshold
should be used. This is based on observations of behavioral reactions
in captive dolphins and belugas occurring at exposure levels
approximately 5 dB below those causing TTS after exposure to pure tones
(Finneran and Jenkins, 2012; Finneran and Schlundt, 2004; Schlundt et
al., 2000).
Table 16 outlines the explosive thresholds, based on the best
available science, used by NMFS to predict the onset of disruption of
natural behavior patterns, PTS, tissue damage, and mortality.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP27DE17.003
[[Page 61396]]
Marine Mammal Occurrence
Bottlenose and Atlantic spotted dolphin density estimates used in
this document were obtained from Duke University Marine Geospatial
Ecology Lab Reports (Roberts et al., 2016) which integrated 23 years of
aerial and shipboard surveys, linked them to environmental covariates
obtained from remote sensing and ocean models, and built habitat-based
density models using distance sampling methodology. For bottlenose
dolphins, geographic modeling strata from MMPA stock boundaries and
seasonal strata were not defined because of the lack of information
about seasonality in the Gulf of Mexico, as well as substantial spatial
and seasonal biases in survey efforts (Roberts et al., 2015a).
Therefore, bottlenose dolphin numbers were modeled in the Gulf of
Mexico using a single year-round model. Similarly for Atlantic spotted
dolphins, there is no evidence that this species migrates or exhibits
seasonal patterns in the Gulf of Mexico, so a single, year-round model
that incorporated all available survey data was used (Roberts et al.,
2015b). The model results are available at the OBIS-SEAMAP repository
found online (https://seamap.env.duke.edu/).
Two marine mammal density estimates were calculated for this
proposed LOA. One density estimate is considered a large-scale estimate
and is used for missions that could occur anywhere in W-151A, shoreward
of the 200-m isobath. The mission sets that utilize the entire W-151A
area include AFSOC's Air-to-Surface Gunnery Training Operations and 413
FLTS's AC-130J Precision Strike Package Gunnery Testing (Scenarios D,
E, F, G, and H). The other density estimate is considered a fine-scale
estimate and is used for missions that are proposed specifically around
the GRATV target area. The mission sets that utilize the nearshore
GRATV target location are 86th FWS Maritime WSEP, 413 FLTS AC-130J and
AC-130W Stand-Off Precision Guided Munitions Testing, 780th TS
Precision Strike Weapons, 780 TS/OGMT future missions, and 96th OG
future missions (Scenarios A, B, C, and I through T). Using two
different density estimates based on the mission locations accounts for
the differences between inshore and offshore distribution of bottlenose
and Atlantic spotted dolphins, and provides more realistic take
calculations.
Raster data provided online from the Duke University Marine
Geospatial Ecology Lab Report was imported into ArcGIS and overlaid
onto the W-151A area. Density values for each species were provided in
10 x 10 km boxes. The large-scale estimates for W-151A were obtained by
averaging the density values of these 100 km\2\ boxes within the W-151A
boundaries and converted to number of animals per km\2\. Fine-scale
estimates were calculated by selecting nine 100 km\2\ boxes centered
around the GRATV target location and averaging the density values from
those boxes. Large-scale and fine-scale density estimates are provided
in Table 17.
Table 17--Marine Mammal Density Estimates for EGTTR Testing and Training
Activities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Large-scale density Fine-scale density
estimate a (animals estimate b (animals
Species per km2) per km2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bottlenose dolphin c........ 0.276 0.433
Atlantic spotted dolphin \d\ 0.160 0.148
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Large-scale estimates incorporate the entire W-151A area.
\b\ Fine-scale estimates incorporate the nine 10 km\2\ boxes centered
around the GRATV location.
\c\ Densities derived from Roberts et al. 2015a.
\d\ Densities derived from Roberts et al. 2015b.
Density estimates usually assume that animals are uniformly
distributed within the prescribed area, even though this is likely
rarely true. Marine mammals are often clumped in areas of greater
importance, for example, in areas of high productivity, lower
predation, safe calving, etc. Furthermore, assuming that marine mammals
are distributed evenly within the water column does not accurately
reflect behavior. Databases of behavioral and physiological parameters
obtained through tagging and other technologies have demonstrated that
marine animals use the water column in various ways. Some species
conduct regular deep dives while others engage in much shallower dives,
regardless of bottom depth. Assuming that all species are evenly
distributed from surface to bottom can present a distorted view of
marine mammal distribution in any region. Density is assumed to be two-
dimensional, and exposure estimates are, therefore, simply calculated
as the product of affected area, animal density, and number of events.
The resulting exposure estimates are considered conservative, because
all animals are presumed to be located at the same depth, where the
maximum sound and pressure ranges would extend from detonations, and
would, therefore, be exposed to the maximum amount of energy or
pressure. In reality, it is highly likely that some portion of marine
mammals present near the impact area at the time of detonation would be
at various depths in the water column and not necessarily occur at the
same depth corresponding to the maximum sound and pressure ranges.
A mission-day based analysis was utilized in order to model
accumulated energy over a 24-hour timeframe where each mission-day
scenario would be considered a separate event. As described previously,
Eglin AFB developed multiple mission-day categories separated by
mission groups and estimated the number of days each category would be
executed annually. In total, there are 20 different mission-day
scenarios included in the acoustic analysis Labeled A-T. Table 18 below
summarizes the number of days each mission-day scenario, or event,
would be conducted annually in the EGTTR.
Table 18--Annual Number of Days Proposed for Each Mission Category Day
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mission Number of
Mission groups category mission
day days/year
------------------------------------------------------------------------
86 FWS Maritime WSEP............................ A 2
B 4
C 2
AFSOC Air-to-Surface Gunnery.................... D 25
E 45
413 FLTS PSP Gunnery............................ F 3
G 4
H 4
413 FLTS SOPGM.................................. I 2
J 2
K 2
L 2
780 TS Precision Strike Weapon.................. M 1
N 1
O 1
[[Page 61397]]
780 TS Other Tests.............................. P 1
Q 4
96 OG Future Missions........................... R 1
S 2
T 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Take Calculation and Estimation
Eglin AFB completed acoustic modeling to determine the distances
from their explosive ordnance corresponding to NMFS' explosive
thresholds. These distances were then used with each species' density
to determine exposure estimates. Below is a summary of the methodology
for those modeling efforts. Appendix A in the application provides
additional details.
The maximum estimated range, or radius, from the detonation point
to the point at which the various thresholds extend for all munitions
proposed to be released in a 24-hour time period was calculated based
on explosive acoustic characteristics, sound propagation, and sound
transmission loss in the EGTTR. Results are shown in Table 19. These
calculations incorporated water depth, sediment type, wind speed,
bathymetry, and temperature/salinity profiles. Transmission loss was
calculated from the explosive source depth down to an array of water
depth bins (0 to 160 m). Impact volumes were computed for each
explosive source (based on the total number of munitions released on a
representative mission day). The impact volume is a cylinder extending
from surface to seafloor, centered at the sound source with a radius
set equal to the maximum range, Rmx, across all depths and azimuths at
which the particular metric is still above the threshold. The total
energy for all weapons released as part of a representative mission day
was calculated to assess impacts from the accumulated energy resulting
from multiple weapon releases within a 24-hour period. The number of
animals impacted is computed by multiplying the area of a circle with
radius Rmax, by the original animal density given in animal per km\2\.
Table 19--Threshold Radii (in Kilometers) for EGTTR Air-to-Surface Testing and Training
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortality Level A harassment Level B harassment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Slight lung GI Tract PTS TTS Behavioral
injury Injury ----------------------------------------------------------------
Mission-day category Modified --------------------------
Goertner Modified 230 dB Peak 224 dB Peak
Model 1 Goertner 237 dB SPL 185 dB SEL SPL 170 dB SEL SPL 165 dB SEL
Model 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bottlenose Dolphin
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A............................................... 0.427 0.768 0.348 1.039 0.705 5.001 1.302 8.155
B............................................... 0.107 0.225 0.156 0.43 0.317 2.245 0.585 3.959
C............................................... 0.037 0.085 0.083 0.32 0.169 1.128 0.312 1.863
D............................................... 0.024 0.055 0.059 0.254 0.12 0.982 0.222 1.413
E............................................... 0.01 0.024 0.034 0.232 0.069 0.878 0.126 1.252
F............................................... 0.003 0.007 0.019 0.096 0.033 0.218 0.062 0.373
G............................................... 0.024 0.055 0.059 0.167 0.12 0.552 0.222 0.809
H............................................... 0.006 0.015 0.025 0.097 0.051 0.229 0.093 0.432
I............................................... 0.023 0.054 0.059 0.125 0.119 0.328 0.22 0.572
J............................................... 0.045 0.101 0.096 0.167 0.195 0.555 0.36 0.812
K............................................... 0.057 0.128 0.117 0.164 0.237 0.541 0.438 0.795
L............................................... 0.057 0.128 0.117 0.2 0.237 0.654 0.438 0.953
M............................................... 0.12 0.249 0.22 0.211 0.447 0.761 0.825 1.123
N............................................... 0.076 0.168 0.149 0.202 0.302 0.671 0.557 0.982
O............................................... 0.047 0.107 0.101 0.136 0.204 0.432 0.376 0.64
P............................................... 0.051 0.115 0.107 0.116 0.217 0.271 0.4 0.527
Q............................................... 0.007 0.016 0.026 0.073 0.053 0.149 0.098 0.207
R............................................... 0.427 0.768 0.348 0.811 0.705 4.316 1.302 6.883
S............................................... 0.142 0.286 0.156 0.692 0.317 3.941 0.585 5.132
T............................................... 0.024 0.055 0.059 0.224 0.12 0.837 0.222 1.209
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Atlantic Spotted Dolphin
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A............................................... 0.504 0.886 0.348 1.039 0.705 5.001 1.302 8.155
B............................................... 0.133 0.266 0.156 0.43 0.317 2.245 0.585 3.959
C............................................... 0.047 0.104 0.083 0.32 0.169 1.128 0.312 1.863
D............................................... 0.03 0.067 0.059 0.254 0.12 0.982 0.222 1.413
E............................................... 0.013 0.03 0.034 0.232 0.069 0.878 0.126 1.252
F............................................... 0.004 0.009 0.019 0.096 0.033 0.218 0.062 0.373
G............................................... 0.03 0.067 0.059 0.167 0.12 0.552 0.222 0.809
H............................................... 0.008 0.018 0.025 0.097 0.051 0.229 0.093 0.432
I............................................... 0.03 0.067 0.059 0.125 0.119 0.328 0.22 0.572
J............................................... 0.057 0.124 0.096 0.167 0.195 0.555 0.36 0.812
K............................................... 0.072 0.157 0.117 0.164 0.237 0.541 0.428 0.795
L............................................... 0.072 0.157 0.117 0.2 0.237 0.654 0.438 0.953
M............................................... 0.15 0.29 0.22 0.211 0.447 0.761 0.825 1.123
N............................................... 0.096 0.201 0.149 0.202 0.302 0.671 0.557 0.982
O............................................... 0.06 0.131 0.101 0.136 0.204 0.432 0.376 0.64
P............................................... 0.065 0.141 0.107 0.116 0.217 0.271 0.4 0.527
Q............................................... 0.009 0.02 0.026 0.073 0.053 0.149 0.098 0.207
R............................................... 0.504 0.886 0.348 0.811 0.705 4.316 1.302 6.883
S............................................... 0.172 0.336 0.156 0.692 0.317 3.941 0.585 5.132
T............................................... 0.03 0.067 0.059 0.224 0.12 0.837 0.222 1.209
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 61398]]
The ranges presented above were used to calculate the total area
(circle) of the zones of influence for each criterion/threshold. To
eliminate ``double-counting'' of animals, impact areas from higher
impact categories (e.g., mortality) were subtracted from areas
associated with lower impact categories (e.g., Level A harassment). The
estimated number of marine mammals potentially exposed to the various
impact thresholds was calculated with a two-dimensional approach, as
the product of the adjusted impact area, animal density, and annual
number of events for each mission-day category. The calculations
generally resulted in decimal values, suggesting that, in most cases, a
fraction of an animal was exposed. The results were therefore rounded
at the annual mission-day level and then summed for each criterion to
obtain total annual take estimates from all EGTTR mission activities. A
``take'' is considered to occur for SEL metrics if the received level
is equal to or above the associated threshold within the appropriate
frequency band of the sound received, adjusted for the appropriate
weighting function value of that frequency band. Similarly, a ``take''
would occur for impulse and peak SPL metrics if the received level is
equal to or above the associated threshold. For impact categories with
multiple criteria (e.g., slight lung injury, GI tract injury, and PTS
for Level A harassment) and criteria with two thresholds (e.g., 187 dB
SEL and 230 peak SPL for PTS), the criterion and/or threshold that
yielded the higher exposure estimate was used for detonation impact
analyses shows the total numbers of marine mammals potentially affected
by all EGTTR testing and training mission activities annually (See
Table 20). These exposure estimates do not take into account the
proposed mitigation and monitoring measures which are expected to
decrease the potential for impacts.
Acoustic analysis results indicate the potential for injury and
non-injurious harassment (including behavioral harassment) to marine
mammals in the absence of mitigation measures. Mortality was calculated
as one (1) for bottlenose dolphins and zero (0) for Atlantic spotted
dolphin. However, because the modeling is conservative and it did not
include implementation of the mitigation and monitoring measures, the
likelihood of mortality is small and the potential for Level A
harassment takes would be significantly reduced. As such, NMFS is not
proposing to authorize any take due to mortality.
Animals from the Northern Gulf of Mexico stock of spotted dolphins
and the Northern Gulf of Mexico Continental shelf stock of bottlenose
dolphins are likely to be affected. There is also a chance that a
limited number of bottlenose dolphins from the Gulf of Mexico Northern
Coastal stock could be affected. Animals from this stock are known to
occur in waters greater than 20 m in depth. Even though the 20 m
isopleth delineates the stock's range, it is an artificial boundary
used for management purposes and is not ecologically based. However,
most of the bottlenose dolphins potentially affected would be part of
the Northern Gulf of Mexico Continental shelf stock.
Table 20--Total Number of Marine Mammals Potentially Affected Annually by Air-to-Surface Testing and Training
Missions in the EGTTR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A harassment Level B harassment
---------------------------------------------------------------
Species Slight lung
injury PTS (SEL) TTS (SEL) Behavioral
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bottlenose dolphin.............................. 2 7 220 315
Atlantic spotted dolphin........................ 0 2 85 120
---------------------------------------------------------------
Total....................................... 2 9 305 435
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an LOA under Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, ``and other means of effecting the least practicable impact
on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention
to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock for taking'' for certain
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action).
The NDAA of 2004 amended the MMPA as it relates to military-
readiness activities and the incidental take authorization process such
that ``least practicable adverse impact'' shall include consideration
of personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we
carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat.
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as
planned) and the likelihood of effective implementation (probability of
being implemented as planned); and
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on
operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity,
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
Mitigation for Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
Eglin AFB has proposed potential practicable and effective
mitigation measures, which include a careful balancing of the likely
benefit of any particular measure to the marine mammals with the likely
effect of that measure on personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the military-readiness activity. Proposed
mitigation measures include the following:
Timing Restrictions--With the exception of gunnery operations,
missions will take place no earlier than two hours after sunrise. This
measure provides observers with adequate visibility necessary for two
hour pre-mission monitoring. Missions must also be completed at least
30 minutes before
[[Page 61399]]
sunset which will allow adequate visibility for post-mission
monitoring.
Trained Observers--All monitoring will be conducted by personnel
who have completed Eglin's Marine Species Observer Training Course,
which was developed in cooperation with NMFS. This training includes a
summary of environmental laws, consequences of non-compliance,
description of an observer's role, pictures and descriptions of
protected species and protected species indicators, survey methods,
monitoring requirements, and reporting procedures. The training will be
provided to user groups either electronically or in person by an Eglin
AFB representative. Any person acting as an observer for a particular
mission must have completed the training within the year prior to the
mission. Names of personnel who have completed the training will be
submitted to Eglin AFB along with the date of completion. In cases
where multiple survey platforms are required to cover large survey
areas, a Lead Biologist will be designated to lead all monitoring
efforts and coordinate sighting information with the Test Director or
Safety Officer.
Pre- and Post-Mission Monitoring--For each live mission, at a
minimum, pre- and post-mission monitoring will be required. Missions
will occur no earlier than two hours after sunrise and no later than
two hours prior to sunset to ensure adequate daylight for pre- and
post-mission monitoring, with the exception of AFSOC and the 413 FLTS
gunnery missions. In those cases, aircrews will utilize aircraft
instrumentation and sensors to monitor the area.
Monitoring will be conducted from a given platform depending on the
specific mission. The purposes of pre-mission monitoring are to (1)
evaluate the mission site for environmental suitability and (2) verify
that the ZOI is free of visually detectable marine mammals and
potential marine mammal indicators. Air Force range clearing vessels
and protected species survey vessels will be on-site at least two hours
prior to the mission. Vessel-based surveys will begin approximately one
and one-half hours prior to live weapon deployment. Surveys will
continue for approximately one hour or until the entire ZOI has been
adequately surveyed, whichever comes first. At approximately 30 minutes
prior to live weapon deployment, marine species observers will be
instructed to leave the mission site and remain outside the safety
zone, which on average will be 15 miles from the detonation point.
The duration of pre-mission surveys will depend on the area
required to be surveyed and survey platforms (vessels versus aircraft).
All marine mammal sightings including the species (if possible),
number, location, and behavior of the animals will be documented on
report forms that will be submitted to Eglin AFB after each mission.
Missions will be postponed, relocated, or cancelled based on the
presence of protected species within the survey areas.
Post-mission monitoring is designed to determine the effectiveness
of pre-mission mitigation by reporting sightings of any dead or injured
marine mammals. Post-detonation monitoring surveys will commence once
the mission has ended or, if required, as soon as the mission area is
declared safe. Vessels will move into the survey area from outside the
safety zone and monitor for at least 30 minutes. The duration of post-
mission surveys will vary based on survey platform. Similar to pre-
mission surveys, all sightings would be properly documented on report
forms and submitted to Eglin AFB. Any authorized marine mammals that
are detected in the ZOI during post-mission surveys will be counted as
Level B takes.
If any marine mammals are killed or injured as a result of the
mission, Eglin AFB would be contacted immediately. Observers would
document the species or description of the animal, location, and
behavior and, if practicable, take pictures and maintain visual contact
with the animal. Eglin AFB must notify the Director, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, or designee, by telephone (301-427-8401),
and the Southeast Regional Office (phone within 24 hours of the injury
or death) and await further instructions or the arrival of a response
team on-site, if feasible. Activities shall cease and not resume until
NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take.
Mission Delay under Poor Sea State Conditions--Weather conducive to
marine mammal monitoring is required to effectively conduct the pre-
and post-mission surveys. Wind speed and the resulting surface
conditions are critical factors affecting observation effectiveness.
Higher winds typically increase wave height and create ``whitecap''
conditions, both of which limit an observer's ability to locate marine
species at or near the surface. Air-to-surface missions will be delayed
or rescheduled if the sea state is greater than number 4 as listed in
Table 21 at the time of the mission. Protected species observers or the
Lead Biologist will make the final determination of whether or not
conditions are conducive to sighting protected species.
Table 21--Sea State Scale for EGTTR Pre-Mission Surveys
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sea state No. Sea conditions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0................................ Flat, calm, no waves or ripples.
1................................ Light air, winds 1-2 knots; wave
height to 1 foot; ripples without
crests.
2................................ Light breeze, winds 3-6 knots; wave
height 1-2 feet; small wavelets,
crests not breaking.
3................................ Gentle breeze, winds 7-10 knots; wave
height 2-3.5 feet; large wavelets,
scattered whitecaps.
4................................ Moderate breeze, winds 11-16 knots;
wave height 3.5-6 feet; breaking
crests, numerous whitecaps.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Visibility is also a critical factor for flight safety issues when
aerial surveys are being conducted. Therefore, a minimum ceiling of 305
m (1,000 ft) and visibility of 5.6 km (3 nmi) is required to support
monitoring efforts and flight safety concerns.
Determination of ZOI Survey Areas-- The ZOI is defined as the area
or volume of ocean in which marine mammals could be exposed to various
pressure or acoustic energy levels caused by exploding ordnance. Each
threshold range listed in Table 19 represents a radius of impact for a
given threshold of each munition/detonation scenario. These ranges will
be used for determining the size of the area required to be monitored
during pre-mission surveys for each activity. For any mission involving
live munitions (other than gunnery rounds) an area extending out to the
PTS harassment range for the corresponding mission-day scenario will be
completely cleared of marine mammals prior to release of the first live
ordnance. Depending on the mission-day scenario, the corresponding
radius could be between 73 m for a live fuse surface detonation
associated with mission-day scenario Q, and 1,039 m associated with
mission-day scenario A. This would help ensure that no marine mammals
will be within any of the Level A harassment or mortality zones during
a live detonation event, significantly reducing the potential for these
types of impacts to occur.
Some missions will be delayed to allow survey platforms to evacuate
the human safety zone after pre-missions surveys are completed. For
these delayed missions, Eglin proposes to include a buffer around the
survey area
[[Page 61400]]
that would extend to the TTS harassment zone for the corresponding
mission-day scenario. This would double, and in some cases triple, the
size of the survey area for the PTS zone. This buffer will mitigate for
the potential that an animal outside the area during pre-mission
surveys would enter the Level A harassment or mortality zones during a
mission. However, missions that consist solely of gunnery testing and
training operations will actually survey larger areas based on
previously established safety profiles and the ability to conduct
aerial surveys of large areas from mission aircraft. These ranges are
shown in Table 22. Comparing the monitoring area below with behavioral
harassment threshold radii for Atlantic spotted dolphins for mission-
day categories D through H (between 0.4 km and 1.4 km (0.2 and 0.8
nmi)) shows that a much larger area will be covered by this monitoring
procedure.
Mission Delay Associated with Animals in Zone of Influence-- A
mission delay of live ordnance mission activities will occur if a
protected species, large schools of fish, or large flocks of birds
feeding at the surface are observed within the Level B harassment ZOI.
Mission activities cannot resume until one of the following conditions
is met: (1) Marine mammal is confirmed to be outside of the ZOI on a
heading away from the target area; (2) marine mammal is not seen again
for 30 minutes and presumed to be outside the Level A ZOI; or (3) large
groupings of fish or birds leading to required delay are confirmed
outside the ZOI.
Mission Abort if Sperm or Baleen Whales observed during Pre-mission
Monitoring--Marine mammal species found in the Gulf of Mexico,
including the federally listed sperm whale and the Bryde's whale, which
is proposed for ESA listing, occur with greater regularity in waters
over and beyond the continental shelf break. To avoid impacts to the
sperm whale, AFSOC has agreed to conduct all gunnery missions within
(shoreward of) the 200-m isobath, which is considered to be the shelf
break for purposes of this document. Furthermore, mission activities
will be aborted/suspended for the remainder of the day if one or more
sperm or baleen whales are detected during pre-mission monitoring
activities as no takes of these species have been authorized. This
measure will incidentally provide greater protection to several other
species as well. Trained observers will also be instructed to be
vigilant in ensuring Bryde's whales are not in the ZOI.
Table 22--Monitoring Area Radii for Gunnery Missions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monitoring Operational
Aircraft Gunnery round Monitoring area altitude altitude
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC-130 gunship.................. 25 mm, 30 mm, 40 5 nmi (9,260 m)... 6,000 ft.......... 15,000-20,000 ft.
mm, 105 mm (FU
and TR).
CV-22 Osprey.................... .50 cal, 7.62 mm.. 3 nmi (5,556 m)... 1,000 ft.......... 1,000 ft.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cal = caliber; ft = feet; FU = full up; m = meters; mm = millimeter; nmi = nautical miles; TR = Training Round.
Mitigation Measures for Gunnery Actions--Eglin AFB has identified
and required implementation of operational mitigation measures for
gunnery missions, including development of the 105-mm TR, use of ramp-
up procedures (explained below), re-initiation of species surveys if
live fire activities are interrupted for more than 10 minutes, and
eliminating missions conducted over waters beyond the continental
shelf.
The largest type of ammunition used during gunnery missions is a
105-mm round, which contains 4.7 pounds of high explosive (HE). This is
several times more HE than that found in the next largest round (40
mm). As a mitigation technique, the Air Force developed a 105-mm TR
that contains only 0.35 pounds of HE. The TR was developed to
substantially reduce the risk of harassment during nighttime
operations, when visual surveying for marine mammals is of limited
effectiveness (however, monitoring by use of the AC-130's
instrumentation is effective at night).
Ramp-up procedures refer to the process of beginning with the least
impactive action and proceeding to more impactive actions. In the case
of gunnery activities, ramp-up procedures entail beginning a mission
with the lowest caliber munition and proceeding to the highest, which
means the munitions would be fired in the order of 25 mm, 40 mm, and
105 mm. The rationale for the procedure is that this process may allow
marine species to perceive steadily increasing noise levels and to
react, if necessary, before the noise reaches a threshold of
significance.
If use of gunship weapons is interrupted for more than 10 minutes,
Eglin AFB would be required to reinitiate applicable protected species
surveys in the ZOI to ensure that no marine mammal species entered into
the ZOI during that time.
The AC-130 gunship weapons are used in two phases. First, the guns
are checked for functionality and calibrated. This step requires an
abbreviated period of live fire. After the guns are determined ready
for use, the aircraft deploys a flare onto the surface of the water as
a target, and the mission proceeds under various test and training
scenarios. This second phase involves a more extended period of live
fire and can incorporate use of one or any combination of the munitions
available (25-mm, 40-mm, and 105-mm rounds).
A ramp-up procedure will be required for the initial calibration
phase and, after this phase, the guns may be fired in any order. Eglin
AFB believes this process will allow marine species the opportunity to
respond to increasing noise levels. If an animal leaves the area during
ramp-up, it is unlikely to return during the live-fire mission. This
protocol provides a more realistic training experience for aircrews. In
combat situations, gunship crews would not necessarily fire the
complete ammunition load of a given caliber gun before proceeding to
another gun. Rather, a combination of guns might be used as required by
real-time situations. An additional benefit of this protocol is that
mechanical or ammunition problems with an individual gun can be
resolved while live fire continues with functioning weapons. This
diminishes the possibility of pause in live fire lasting 10 minutes or
more, which would necessitate reinitiation of protected species
surveys.
Based on our evaluation of Eglin AFB's proposed measures, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide
the means effecting the least practicable impact on the affected
species or stocks and their habitat, while also considering personnel
safety, practicality of implementation, and the impact of effectiveness
of the military readiness activity.
[[Page 61401]]
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an incidental take authorization for an activity,
Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
``requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such
taking.'' The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13)
indicate that requests for authorizations must include the suggested
means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will
result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be
present in the proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical to
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density);
Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1)
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks;
Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat); and
Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
The following monitoring options have been developed to support
various types of air-to-surface mission activities that may be
conducted in the EGTTR. Eglin AFB users covered by this proposed LOA
must meet specific test or training objectives and safety requirements
and have different assets available to execute the pre- and post-
mission surveys. The monitoring options and mitigation measures
described in the subsections below balance all mission-essential
parameters with measures that will provide adequate protection to
marine mammals. Monitors will search for both authorized and non-
authorized marine mammal species. Monitors will be instructed to be
extra vigilant in ensuring that species of concern, including the sperm
whale (listed as endangered under the ESA) and Bryde's whale (proposed
for listing under the ESA) are clear of the ZOI during testing and
training activities.
Vessel-based Monitoring--Pre-mission surveys conducted from surface
vessels will typically begin at sunrise. Trained observers will be
aboard designated vessels to conduct protected species surveys before
and after each mission. These vessels will be dedicated solely to
monitoring for protected marine species and species indicators during
the pre-mission surveys. For missions that require multiple vessels to
conduct surveys based on the size of the survey area, a Lead Biologist
will be designated to coordinate all survey efforts, compile sighting
information from the other vessels, function as the point of contact
between the survey vessels and Tower Control on Santa Rosa Island, and
provide final recommendations to the Safety Officer/Test Director on
the suitability of the mission site based on environmental conditions
and survey results.
Survey vessels will run pre-determined line transects, or survey
routes, that will provide sufficient coverage of the survey area.
Monitoring activities will be conducted from the highest point feasible
on the vessels. There will be at least two dedicated observers on each
vessel, and they will utilize optical equipment with sufficient
magnification to allow observation of surfaced animals.
All sighting information from pre-mission surveys will be
communicated to the Lead Biologist on a pre-determined radio channel to
reduce overall radio chatter and potential confusion. After compiling
all the sighting information from the other survey vessels, the Lead
Biologist will inform Tower Control on Santa Rosa Island on whether the
area is clear of protected species or not. If the range is not clear,
the Lead Biologist will provide recommendations on whether the mission
should be delayed or cancelled. For example, a mission delay would be
recommended if a small number of protected species are in the ZOI but
appear to be on a heading away from the mission area. The delay would
continue until the Lead Biologist has confirmed that the animals are no
longer in the ZOI and traveling away from the mission site. On the
other hand, a mission cancellation could be recommended if one or more
protected species in the ZOI are found and there is no indication that
they would leave the area on their own within a reasonable timeframe.
Tower Control on Santa Rosa Island will relay the Lead Biologist's
recommendation to the Safety Officer. The Safety Officer and Test
Director will collaborate regarding range conditions based on the
information provided by the Lead Biologist and the status of range
clearing vessels. The Safety Officer will have final authority on
decisions regarding delays and cancellations of missions.
Air Force Support Vessels--Air Force support vessels will consist
of a combination of Air Force and civil service/civilian personnel
responsible for mission site/target setup and range clearing
activities. Air Force personnel will be within the mission area (on
boats and the GRATV) for each mission well in advance of weapon
deployment, typically near sunrise. They will perform a variety of
tasks including target preparation, equipment checks, etc., and will
observe for marine mammals and indicators as feasible throughout test
preparation. However, such observations are considered incidental and
would only occur as time and schedule permits. Any sightings would be
relayed to the Lead Biologist.
The Eglin Safety Officer, in cooperation with the Tower Control on
Santa Rosa Island will coordinate and manage all range clearing efforts
and be in direct communication with the survey vessel team, typically
through the Lead Biologist. All support vessels will be in radio
contact with one another and with Tower Control. The Safety Officer
will monitor all radio communications, but Tower Control will relay
messages between the vessels and the Safety Officer. The Safety Officer
and Tower Control will also be in continual contact with the Test
Director throughout the mission and will convey information regarding
range clearing progress and protected species survey status. Final
decisions regarding mission execution, including possible mission delay
or cancellation based on protected species sightings or civilian boat
traffic interference, will be the responsibility of the Safety Officer,
with concurrence from the Test Director.
Aerial-based Monitoring--Aircraft typically provide an excellent
viewing platform for detection of marine
[[Page 61402]]
mammals at or near the surface. Depending on the mission, the aerial
survey team will either consist of Eglin AFB personnel or their
designees aboard a non-mission aircraft or the mission aircrew who have
completed the Marine Species Observer Training. A description of each
follows.
For non-mission aircraft, the pilot will be instructed in protected
marine species survey techniques and will be familiar with marine
species expected to occur in the area. One person in the aircraft will
act as data recorder and is responsible for relaying the location,
species (if possible), direction of movement, and number of animals
sighted to the Lead Biologist. The aerial team will also identify
protected species indicators such as large schools of fish and large,
active groups of birds. Pilots will fly the aircraft in such a manner
that the entire ZOI (and a buffer, if required) is monitored. Marine
mammal sightings from the aerial survey team will be compiled by the
Lead Biologist and communicated to the Test Director or Safety Officer.
Similar to survey vessel requirements, all non-mission personnel will
be required to exit the human safety zone before the mission can
commence. As a result, the ZOI may not be monitored up to immediate
deployment of live weapons. Due to this fact, the aerial team may be
required to survey an additional buffer zone unless other monitoring
assets, such as live video monitoring, can be employed.
Some mission aircraft have the capability to conduct aerial surveys
immediately prior to releasing munitions. In those instances, aircrews
that have completed the marine species observer training will make
several passes over the target area to ensure the area is clear of all
protected species. For mission aircraft in this category, aircrews will
operate at reasonable and safe altitudes (dependent on the aircraft)
appropriate to either visually scan the sea surface or utilize
available instrumentation and sensors to detect protected species.
Typical missions in this category are air-to-surface gunnery operations
from AC-130 and CV-22 gunships. In some cases, other aerial platforms
may be available to supplement monitoring activities for pre-mission
surveys and during the missions.
Video-based Monitoring--Video-based monitoring may be accomplished
via live high-definition video feed transmitted to CCF. Video
monitoring typically facilitates data collection for the mission but
can also allow remote viewing of the area for determination of
environmental conditions and the presence of marine species up to the
release time of live munitions. There are multiple sources of video
that can be streamed to multiple monitors within CCF. When authorized
for specific missions (e.g., Maritime WSEP), a trained marine species
observer from Eglin AFB will monitor all live video feed transmitted to
CFF and will report any marine mammal sightings to the Safety Officer,
who will also be at CCF. Employing this measure typically resolves any
lapse between the time survey vessels or aircraft leave the safety zone
after completing pre-mission surveys but before the mission actually
begins.
The primary platform for video monitoring would be through the
GRATV. Four video cameras are typically positioned on the GRATV
(anchored on-site) to allow for real-time monitoring and data
collection during the mission. The cameras will also be used to monitor
for the presence of protected species. All cameras have a zoom
capability of up to at least a 300-mm equivalent. At this setting, when
targets are at a distance of 2 nmi from the GRATV, the field of view
would be 195 ft by 146 ft. Video observers can detect an item with a
minimum size of 1 square foot up to 4,000 m away. The GRATV will
typically be located about 183 m (600 ft) from the target area; this
range is well within the zooming capability of the video cameras.
Supplemental video monitoring can also be accomplished through the
employment of additional aerial assets, when available. Eglin's
aerostat balloon provides aerial imagery of weapon impacts and
instrumentation relay. When utilized, it is tethered to a boat anchored
near the GRATV but outside weapon impact areas. The balloon can be
deployed to an altitude up to 2,000 ft above sea level. It is equipped
with a high-definition camera system that is remotely controlled to
pivot and focus on a specific target or location within the mission
site. The video feed from the camera system is transmitted to CCF.
Eglin may also employ other assets such as intelligence, surveillance,
and reconnaissance aircraft to provide real-time imagery or relay
targeting pod videos from mission aircraft. Unmanned aerial vehicles
may also be employed to provide aerial video surveillance. While each
of these platforms may not be available for all missions, they
typically can be used in combination with each other and with the GRATV
cameras to supplement marine mammal monitoring efforts.
Even with a variety of platforms potentially available to supply
video feeds to CCF, the entire ZOI may not be visible for the entire
duration of the mission. However, the targets and immediately
surrounding areas will typically be in the field of view of the GRATV
cameras and the observer will be able to identify any protected species
that may enter the target area before weapon releases. In addition, the
observer will be able to determine if any animals were injured
immediately following the detonations. Should a protected marine
species be detected on the live video, the weapon release can be
stopped almost immediately because the video camera observer is in
direct contact with Test Director and Safety Officer at CCF.
Acoustic Monitoring--Eglin will conduct a NMFS-approved passive
acoustic monitoring (PAM) study as an initial step towards
understanding acoustic impacts from underwater detonations. During a
live mission event, the Eglin AFB proposes to collect data that
measures energy and pressure levels from varying distances away from
weapon impact points. The data would likely be recorded by hydrophones
attached to buoys that are deployed just before the mission. After
mission activities, the buoys would be collected, then the data would
be downloaded and analyzed. The results would be compared to the
various ranges to effects for Level A and Level B Harassment that were
calculated with the acoustic model.
Eglin AFB and NMFS discussed the possibility of employing PAM as a
required mitigation measure during EGTTR activities. However, human
safety concerns and the inability to make mission go/no-go decisions in
a timely manner are the most immediate obstacles for Eglin AFB
implementing real-time PAM during live weapon missions in the EGTTR.
Eglin's current boat and aerial pre- and post-mission visual
surveys have been successful in preventing impacts to marine mammals
because no unauthorized takes have occurred as a result of these
procedures under previous incidental take authorizations. Until Eglin
AFB is confident that this first step toward a rudimentary PAM study is
successfully implemented, the Air Force cannot commit to PAM as a
mitigation measure, which would add multiple layers of complexities
required to detect and localize marine mammals during a live mission
event. Furthermore, Eglin would need to gain better understanding of
PAM capabilities so mission-appropriate procedures could be developed
for making go/no-go decisions in a timely manner. Given the level of
success with current mitigation procedures and the high level of
unknowns associated with
[[Page 61403]]
implementing PAM as part of mitigation procedures for Air Force
activities, Eglin AFB and NMFS agreed that using PAM as a real-time
mitigation measure is not practicable at this time.
AC-130 and CV-22 Gunship Procedures--After arriving at the mission
site and prior to initiating firing events, gunships will conduct at
least two complete orbits around the survey area at a minimum safe
airspeed around the mission site at the appropriate monitoring
altitude. Provided that marine mammals (and other protected species or
indicators) are not detected, the aircraft will then begin the ascent
to operational altitude, continuing to orbit the target area as it
climbs. The initial orbits occur over a timeframe of approximately 10
to 15 minutes. Monitoring for marine mammals, vessels, and other
objects will continue throughout the mission. If a towed target is
used, mission personnel will ensure that the target remains in the
center portion of the survey area to ensure gunnery impacts do not
extend past the ZOI.
During the low-altitude orbits and climb, the aircrew will visually
scan the sea surface within the aircraft's orbit circle for the
presence of marine mammals. The surface scan will primarily be
conducted by the flight crew in the cockpit and personnel stationed in
the tail observer bubble and starboard viewing window. During nighttime
missions, crews will use night vision goggles during observation. In
addition to visual surveys, aircraft optical and electronic sensors
will also be used for site clearance. AC-130 gunships are equipped with
low-light TV cameras and infrared detection sets (IDSs). The TV cameras
operate in a range of visible and near-visible light. Infrared systems
are capable of detecting differences in temperature from thermal energy
(heat) radiated from living bodies or from reflected and scattered
thermal energy. In contrast to typical night-vision devices, visible
light is not necessary for object detection. Infrared systems are
equally effective during day or night use. The IDS is capable of
detecting very small thermal differences. CV-22 aircraft have similar
visual scanners and operable sensors; however, they operate at a much
lower altitudes than the AC-130 gunships, and no HE rounds will be
fired from these aircraft.
If any marine mammals are detected during pre-mission surveys or
during the mission, activities will be immediately halted until the ZOI
area is clear of all marine mammals, or the mission will be relocated
to another target area. If the mission is relocated, the pre-mission
survey procedures will be repeated. In addition, if multiple firing
missions are conducted within the same flight, clearance procedures
will precede each mission.
Gunship crews will conduct a post-mission survey beginning at the
operational altitude and proceeding through a spiraling descent to the
designated monitoring altitude. It is anticipated that the descent will
occur over a three- to five-minute time period. During this time,
aircrews will use similar equipment and instrumentation to scan the
water surface for animals that may have been impacted during the
gunnery mission. During daytime missions, visual scans will be used as
well.
Coordination with Eglin Natural Resources Office--Prior to
conducting live missions, proponents will coordinate with Eglin Natural
Resources to be briefed on their mitigation and monitoring
requirements. Throughout coordination efforts, mission assets available
for monitoring will be identified and an implementation plan will be
developed. Based on the assets, survey routes will be designed to
incorporate the size of the monitoring area and determine whether a
buffer will be required. Training and reporting requirements will also
be communicated to the proponents
The following table lists known proponents and the monitoring
platforms that may be employed for marine mammal monitoring before,
during, and after live air-to-surface missions. As stated above,
coordination with proponents before live missions will ensure these
options are still available, as well as any changes to assets or
mission capabilities for new proponents that would fall under this
authorization. Eglin Natural Resources will ensure all practical
measures will be implemented to the maximum extent possible to comply
with the mitigation and monitoring requirements while meeting mission
objectives
Table 23--Monitoring Options Available for Live Air-to-Surface Mission Proponents Operating in the EGTTR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monitoring Platform
Mission \1\ --------------------------------------------------
Vessel Aerial Video
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
86 FWS Maritime Weapons System Evaluation Program (WSEP) ...............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Air Force Special Operations Command (AFSOC) Training
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Air-to-Surface Gunnery ...............
Small Diameter Bomb/Griffin Missile Training ...............
CV-22 Training ...............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
413th Flight Test Squadron (FLTS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC-130J Precision Strike Package Testing ...............
AC-130J Stand-Off Precision Guided Munitions Testing ...............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
780th Test Squadron
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Precision Strike Weapon
Longbow Littoral Testing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
86 FWS = 86th Fighter Weapons Squadron.
[[Page 61404]]
Monitoring and Reporting Measures
In addition to monitoring for marine species before and after
missions, the following monitoring and reporting measures will be
required.
Within a year before the planned missions, all protected
species observers will receive the Marine Species Observer Training
Course developed by Eglin in cooperation with NMFS.
Eglin AFB will track use of the EGTTR and protected
species observation results through the use of protected species
observer report forms.
A summary annual report of marine mammal observations and
mission activities will be submitted to the NMFS Southeast Regional
Office and the NMFS Office of Protected Resources 90 days after
completion of mission activities each year or 60 days prior to the
issuance of any subsequent LOA for projects at the EGTTR, whichever
comes first. A final report shall be prepared and submitted within 30
days following resolution of comments on the draft report from NMFS.
This annual report must include the following information:
[cir] Date and time of each mission.
[cir] A complete description of the pre-mission and post-mission
activities related to mitigating and monitoring the effects of mission
activities on marine mammal populations.
[cir] Results of the visual monitoring, including numbers by
species/stock of any marine mammals noted injured or killed as a result
of the missions, and number of marine mammals (by species if possible)
that may have been harassed due to presence within the activity zone.
[cir] If any dead or injured marine mammals are observed or
detected prior to mission activities, or injured or killed during
mission activities, a report must be made to the NMFS Southeast Region
Marine Mammal Stranding Network at 877-433-8299, the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at
301-427-8401 and the Florida Marine Mammal Stranding Hotline at 888-
404-3922 within the next business day.
[cir] Any unauthorized impacts on marine mammals must be
immediately reported to the National Marine Fisheries Service's
Southeast Regional Administrator, at 727-842-5312, and the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at
301-427-8401.
Adaptive Management
NMFS may modify (including augment) the existing mitigation,
monitoring, or reporting measures (after consulting with Eglin AFB
regarding the practicability of the modifications) if doing so creates
a reasonable likelihood of more effectively accomplishing the goals of
the mitigation and monitoring measures for these regulations.
Possible sources of data that could contribute to the decision to
modify the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures in an LOA
include: (1) Results from Eglin AFB's acoustic monitoring study; (2)
results from monitoring during previous year(s); (3) results from other
marine mammal and/or sound research or studies; and (4) any information
that reveals marine mammals may have been taken in a manner, extent or
number not authorized by these regulations or subsequent LOAs.
If, through adaptive management, the modifications to the
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures are substantial, NMFS
will publish a notice of proposed LOA in the Federal Register and
solicit public comment. If, however, NMFS determines that an emergency
exists that poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species
or stocks of marine mammals in the Gulf of Mexico, an LOA may be
modified without prior notice or opportunity for public comment. Notice
would be published in the Federal Register within 30 days of the
action.
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as ``an impact resulting from
the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103).
A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location,
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the discussion of our analyses applies to
bottlenose dolphins and Atlantic spotted dolphins, given that the
anticipated effects of this activity on these different marine mammal
stocks are expected to be similar. There is little information about
the nature or severity of the impacts, or the size, status, or
structure of any of these species or stocks that would lead to a
different analysis for this activity.
For reasons stated previously in this document and based on the
following factors, Eglin AFB's specified activities are not likely to
cause long-term behavioral disturbance, serious injury, or death.
Because the exposure model was conservative and calculated a single
bottlenose dolphin death, along with the required mitigation and
monitoring measures not incorporated into the model, NMFS does not
anticipate or propose to authorize any take by mortality. The takes
from Level B harassment would be due to disturbance of normal
behavioral patterns and TTS. The potential takes from Level A
harassment would be due to PTS and slight lung injury (not
gastrointestinal tract injury).
NMFS has determined that direct strike by ordnance is highly
unlikely. Although strike from a munition at the surface of the water
while the animals are at the surface is possible, the potential risk of
a direct hit to an animal within the target area would be low. The Air
Force (2002 PEA) estimated that a maximum of 0.2 marine mammals could
potentially be struck by projectiles, falling debris, and inert
munitions each year.
Disruption of normal behavioral patterns constituting Level B
harassment would be limited to reactions such as startle responses,
movements away from the area, and short-term changes to behavioral
state. These impacts are expected to be temporary and of limited
duration due to the likely avoidance of the action area by marine
mammals, short period of individual explosions themselves (versus
continual sound source operation), and relatively short duration of the
EGTTR operations (i.e. ranging from a few minutes to no more than four
hours per day depending on the mission category).
Level B harassment in the form of TTS was modeled to occur in both
[[Page 61405]]
species for which take is authorized. If TTS occurs, it is expected to
be at low levels and of short duration. As explained previously, TTS is
temporary with no long term effects to species. The modeled take
numbers are expected to be overestimates since NMFS expects that
successful implementation of the required aerial-based, vessel-based
and video-based mitigation measures could avoid TTS. Furthermore,
monitoring results from previous Authorizations has demonstrated that
it is uncommon to sight marine mammals within the ZOI, especially for
prolonged durations. Results from monitoring programs associated with
Eglin AFB's 2015 and 2016 Maritime WSEP activities have shown the
absence of marine mammals within the ZOI during and after maritime
operations.
NMFS expects that successful implementation of the required aerial-
based, vessel-based and video-based mitigation measures would reduce
take by Level A harassment in some instances. Marine mammals would
likely begin to move away from the immediate target area once bombing
begins, decreasing exposure to the full amount of acoustic energy.
There have also been no marine mammal observations in the ZOI according
to monitoring reports from previous years. Therefore, we anticipate
that, because of the mitigation measures, low observation rate of
marine mammals in the target area, and the likely limited duration of
exposures, any PTS incurred would be in the form of only a small degree
of PTS, rather than total deafness.
Other than for mortality, the take numbers proposed by NMFS do not
consider mitigation or avoidance. Therefore, NMFS expects that Level A
harassment is unlikely to occur at the numbers proposed for
Authorization. However, since it is difficult to quantify the degree to
which the mitigation and avoidance will reduce the number of animals
that might incur Level A harassment (i.e. PTS, slight lung injury),
NMFS proposes to authorize take by Level A harassment at the numbers
derived from the exposure model. Moreover, the mitigation and
monitoring measures proposed for the Authorization (described earlier
in this document) are expected to further minimize the potential for
both Level A and Level B harassment.
Impacts to habitat are not anticipated. Noise and pressure waves
resulting from live weapon detonations are not likely to result in
long-term physical alterations of the water column or ocean floor.
These effects are not expected to substantially affect prey
availability, are of limited duration, and are intermittent. Impacts to
marine fish were analyzed in the Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range
Environmental Assessment (Department of the Air Force, 2015). In the
EA, it was determined that fish populations were unlikely to be
affected and prey availability for marine mammals would not be
impaired. Other factors related to EGTTR activities that could
potentially affect marine mammal habitat include the introduction of
metals, explosives and explosion by-products, other chemical materials,
and debris into the water column and substrate due to the use of
munitions and target vessels. However, the effects of each were
analyzed in the EA and were determined to not be significant.
While animals may be impacted in the immediate vicinity of the
target area, because of the short duration of the actual individual
explosions themselves (versus continual sound source operation)
combined with the relatively short duration of daily operations (i.e.
ranging from a few minutes to no more than four hours per day depending
on the mission category), NMFS has preliminarily determined that there
will not be a substantial impact on marine mammals or their habitat in
Gulf of Mexico ecosystems in the EGTTR. We do not expect that the
proposed activity would impact rates of recruitment or survival of
marine mammals since we do not expect mortality (which would remove
individuals from the population) or serious injury to occur. In
addition, the proposed activity would only occur in a small part of
their overall range, so the impact of any potential temporary
displacement would be negligible and animals would be expected to
return to the area after the cessations of activities. Although the
proposed activity could result in Level A (PTS and slight lung injury)
and Level B (behavioral disturbance and TTS of lesser degree and
shorter duration) harassment of marine mammals, the level of harassment
is not anticipated to impact rates of recruitment or survival of marine
mammals because the number of exposed animals is expected to be low due
to the relatively short-term and site-specific nature of the activity.
Furthermore, we do not anticipate that the effects would be detrimental
to rates of recruitment and survival because we do not expect serious
extended behavioral responses that would result in energetic effects at
the level to impact fitness.
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
No mortality is anticipated or authorized and only 11
instances of Level A harassment are authorized. Remaining impacts would
be within the non-injurious TTS or behavioral effects zones (Level B
harassment consisting of generally temporary modifications in
behavior);
Effectiveness of mitigation and monitoring requirements
which are designed and expected to avoid exposures that may cause
serious injury and minimize the likelihood of PTS, TTS, or more severe
behavioral responses;
Adverse impacts to habitat are not expected; and
Results from previous monitoring reports did not record
any marine mammal takes associated with military readiness activities
occurring in the EGTTR.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species or
stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability
of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of LOAs,
NMFS consults internally, in this case with Southeast Regional
Protected Resources Division Office, whenever we propose to authorize
take for endangered or threatened species.
No incidental take of ESA-listed marine mammal species is proposed
for authorization or expected to result from
[[Page 61406]]
the proposed activities. Therefore, NMFS has determined that formal
consultation under section 7 of the ESA is not required for this
action.
Classification
The Office of Management and Budget has determined that this
proposed rule is not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
This rule is not an Executive Order 13771 regulatory action because
this rule is not significant under Executive Order 12866.
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 et
seq.), the Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce
has certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration that this proposed rule, if adopted, would not have a
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The RFA requires a Federal agency to prepare an analysis of a rule's
impact on small entities whenever the agency is required to publish a
notice of proposed rulemaking. However, a Federal agency may certify,
pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605 (b), that the action will not have a
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
A description of this proposed rule and its purpose are found earlier
in the preamble for this action and is not repeated here. Eglin AFB is
the sole entity that will be affected by this rulemaking and is not a
small governmental jurisdiction, small organization, or small business,
as defined by the RFA. Any requirements imposed by LOAs issued pursuant
to these regulations, and any monitoring or reporting requirements
imposed by these regulations, will be applicable only to Eglin AFB.
NMFS does not expect the issuance of these regulations or the
associated LOAs to result in any impacts to small entities pursuant to
the RFA. Because this action, if adopted, would directly affect Eglin
AFB and not a small entity, NMFS concludes the action would not result
in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small
entities. Accordingly, no regulatory flexibility analysis is necessary,
and none has been prepared.
This action does not contain any collection of information
requirements for purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44
U.S.C. 3501 et seq.).
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 218
Exports, Fish, Imports, Marine mammals, Penalties, Reporting and
Recordkeeping requirements.
Dated: December 18, 2017.
Samuel D. Rauch, III,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For reasons set forth in the preamble, 50 CFR part 218 is proposed
to be amended as follows:
PART 218--REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS
INCIDENTAL TO SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES
0
1. The authority citation for part 218 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq., unless otherwise noted.
0
2. Add subpart G consisting of Sec. Sec. 218.60 through 218.69 to read
as follows:
Subpart G--Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Testing and Training
Activities Conducted at the Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range in the
Gulf of Mexico
Sec.
218.60 Specified activity and specified geographical region.
218.61 Effective dates.
218.62 Permissible methods of taking.
218.63 Prohibitions.
218.64 Mitigation.
218.65 Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
218.66 Letters of Authorization.
218.67 Renewals and Modifications of Letters of Authorization.
218.68 [Reserved]
218.69 [Reserved]
Subpart G--Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Testing and
Training Activities Conducted at the Eglin Gulf Test and Training
Range in the Gulf of Mexico.
Sec. 218.60 Specified activity and specified geographical region.
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply only to Eglin Air Force Base
(Eglin AFB) and those persons it authorizes to conduct activities on
its behalf, for the taking of marine mammals as outlined in paragraph
(b) of this section and incidental to testing and training missions in
the Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range (EGTTR).
(b) The taking of marine mammals by Eglin AFB pursuant to a Letter
of Authorization (LOA) is authorized only if it occurs at the EGTTR in
the Gulf of Mexico.
Sec. 218.61 Effective dates.
Regulations in this subpart are effective February 4, 2018 through
February 3, 2023.
Sec. 218.62 Permissible methods of taking.
Under a Letter of Authorization (LOA) issued pursuant to Sec.
216.106 of this chapter and Sec. 218.66, the Holder of the LOA (herein
after Eglin AFB) may incidentally, but not intentionally, take marine
mammals by Level A and Level B harassment associated with EGTTR
activities within the area described in Sec. 218.60, provided the
activities are in compliance with all terms, conditions, and
requirements of these regulations in this subpart and the appropriate
LOA.
Sec. 218.63 Prohibitions.
Notwithstanding takings contemplated in Sec. 218.60 and authorized
by an LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 of this chapter and Sec. 218.66,
no person in connection with the activities described in Sec. 218.60
of this chapter may:
(a) Violate, or fail to comply with, the terms, conditions, and
requirements of this subpart or an LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 of
this chapter and Sec. 218.66.
(b) Take any marine mammal not specified in such LOAs;
(c) Take any marine mammal specified in such LOAs in any manner
other than as specified;
(d) Take a marine mammal specified in such LOAs if NMFS determines
such taking results in more than a negligible impact on the species or
stocks of such marine mammal; or
(e) Take a marine mammal specified in such LOAs if NMFS determines
such taking results in an unmitigable adverse impact on the species or
stock of such marine mammal for taking for subsistence uses.
Sec. 218.64 Mitigation requirements.
When conducting activities identified in Sec. 218.60, the
mitigation measures contained in the LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 of
this chapter and Sec. 218.66 must be implemented. These mitigation
measures shall include but are not limited to the following general
conditions:
(a) If daytime weather and/or sea conditions preclude adequate
monitoring for detecting marine mammals and other marine life, EGTTR
operations must be delayed until adequate sea conditions exist for
monitoring to be undertaken.
(b) Restrictions on time of activities.
(1) Missions involving the use of live bombs, missiles and rockets
will only occur during daylight hours.
(2) Missions during daylight hours will occur no earlier than two
hours after sunrise and no later than two hours prior to sunset.
(c) Required delay of live ordnance mission activities will occur
if a protected species, large schools of fish or large flocks of birds
feeding at the surface are observed within the ZOI.
[[Page 61407]]
Mission activities cannot resume until one of the following conditions
is met:
(1) Protected species marine mammal(s) is confirmed to be outside
of the ZOI on a heading away from the target area; or
(2) Protected species marine mammal(s) is not seen again for 30
minutes and presumed to be outside the Level A harassment ZOI.
(3) Large groupings of fish or birds leading to required delay are
confirmed outside of the ZOI.
(d) Gunnery operations shall require employment of the following
mitigation measures.
(1) Use of 105-mm training rounds (TR) during nighttime missions.
(2) Ramp-up procedures requiring the use of the lowest caliber
munition and proceeding to the highest, which means the munitions would
be fired in the order of 25 mm, 40 mm, and 105 mm.
(3) Any pause in live fire activities greater than 10 minutes shall
require reinitiation of protected species surveys.
(4) Missions shall be conducted within the 200-m isobaths to
provide greater protection to several species.
(e) If one or more sperm or baleen whales are detected during pre-
mission monitoring activities, mission activities will be aborted/
suspended for the remainder of the day.
(f) Additional mitigation measures as contained in an LOA.
Sec. 218.65 Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
(a) Holders of LOAs issued pursuant to Sec. 218.66 for activities
described in Sec. 218.60(a) are required to cooperate with NMFS, and
any other Federal, state, or local agency with authority to monitor the
impacts of the activity on marine mammals. If the authorized activity
identified in Sec. 218.60(a) is thought to have resulted in the
mortality or injury of any marine mammals or take of marine mammals not
identified in Sec. 218.60(b), then the Holder of the LOA must notify
the Director, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, or designee, by
telephone (301)427-8401, and the Southeast Regional Office (phone
within 24 hours of the injury or death).
(b) Monitoring will be conducted by personnel who have completed
Eglin's Marine Species Observer Training Course, which was developed in
cooperation with the National Marine Fisheries Service.
(c) The Holder of the LOA will use mission reporting forms to track
their use of the EGTTR for testing and training missions and to track
marine mammal observations.
(d) Depending on the mission category, visual aerial-based, vessel-
based, or video-based marine mammal surveys shall be conducted before
and after live ordnance mission activities each day.
(e) Vessel-based surveys will begin approximately one and one-half
hours prior to live weapon deployment and shall be completed 30 minutes
prior to the start of mission.
(f) Surveys will continue for approximately one hour or until the
entire ZOI has been adequately surveyed, whichever comes first.
(g) Post-mission monitoring surveys shall commence once the mission
has ended or as soon as the mission area is declared safe.
(h) Vessel-based post-mission surveys shall be conducted for 30
minutes after completion of live ordnance missions.
(i) Any authorized marine mammals that are detected in the ZOI
during post-mission surveys shall be counted as Level B takes.
(j) A minimum of two dedicated observers shall be stationed on each
vessel.
(k) Observers shall utilize optical equipment with sufficient
magnification to allow observation of surfaced animals.
(l) The size of the survey area for each mission shall be
determined according to the radius of impact for the given threshold of
each munition/detonation scenario. These ranges shall be monitored
during pre-mission surveys for each activity.
(m) Some missions shall be delayed to allow survey platforms to
evacuate the human safety zone after pre-missions surveys are
completed.
(n) Any aerial-based pre-mission surveys shall be conducted by
observers aboard non-mission aircraft or mission aircraft who have
completed the Marine Species Observer Training.
(o) Gunship standard procedures initiated prior to initiation of
live-firing events shall require at least two complete orbits around
the survey mission site at the appropriate airspeed and monitoring
altitude and include the following:
(1) Monitoring for marine mammals shall continue throughout the
mission by mission crew.
(2) Where applicable aircraft optical and electronic sensors shall
be used for marine mammal observation.
(3) If any marine mammals are detected during pre-mission surveys
or during the mission, activities will be immediately halted until the
ZOI area is clear of all marine mammals, or the mission will be
relocated to another target area. If the mission is relocated, the pre-
mission survey procedures will be repeated.
(4) If multiple firing missions are conducted within the same
flight, standard clearance procedures will precede each mission.
(5) Gunship crews will conduct a post-mission survey beginning at
the operational altitude and proceeding through a spiraling descent to
the designated monitoring altitude.
(p) Video-based monitoring from the GRATV shall be conducted where
appropriate via live high-definition video feed.
(1) Supplemental video monitoring shall be conducted through the
employment of additional aerial assets including aerostats and drones
when available.
(2) [Reserved]
(q) Acoustic Monitoring:
(1) Eglin AFB will conduct a passive acoustic monitoring (PAM)
study as an initial step towards understanding acoustic impacts from
underwater detonations, once funding is approved.
(2) The results of the PAM study will be submitted to NMFS OPR as a
draft monitoring report within 90 days of completion of the study, will
be incorporated into any subsequent LOA request or, if no request is
made, no later than 90 days after expiration of the LOA.
(r) The Holder of the LOA is required to:
(1) Submit a draft report to NMFS OPR on all monitoring conducted
under the LOA within 90 days of the completion of marine mammal
monitoring, or 60 days prior to the issuance of any subsequent LOA for
projects at the EGTTR, whichever comes first. A final report shall be
prepared and submitted within 30 days following resolution of comments
on the draft report from NMFS. This report must contain, at a minimum,
the following information:
(i) Date and time of each EGTTR mission;
(ii) A complete description of the pre-mission and post-mission
activities related to mitigating and monitoring the effects of EGTTR
missions on marine mammal populations; and
(iii) Results of the monitoring program, including numbers by
species/stock of any marine mammals noted injured or killed as a result
of the EGTTR mission and number of marine mammals (by species if
possible) that may have been harassed due to presence within the zone
of influence.
(2) The draft report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS.
Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report
prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered the
final report for
[[Page 61408]]
this activity under the LOA if NMFS has not provided comments and
recommendations within 90 days of receipt of the draft report.
(s) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
(1) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the LOA,
such as an injury for species not authorized (Level A harassment),
serious injury, or mortality, Eglin AFB shall immediately cease the
specified activities and report the incident to the Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the Southeast Regional Office, NMFS. The report
must include the following information:
(i) Time and date of the incident;
(ii) Description of the incident;
(iii) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(iv) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours
preceding the incident;
(v) Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
(vi) Fate of the animal(s); and
(vii) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
(2) Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with Eglin AFB to
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. Eglin AFB may not
resume their activities in the EGTTR until notified by NMFS.
(3) In the event that Eglin AFB discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition), Eglin AFB shall immediately
report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
Southeast Regional Office, NMFS.
(i) The report must include the same information identified in
paragraph (p)(1) of this section. Activities may continue while NMFS
reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS will work with Eglin
AFB to determine whether additional mitigation measures or
modifications to the activities are appropriate.
(ii) In the event that Eglin AFB discovers an injured or dead
marine mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or
death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in
the LOA (e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to
advanced decomposition, scavenger damage), Eglin AFB shall report the
incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Southeast
Regional Office, NMFS, within 24 hours of the discovery. Eglin AFB
shall provide photographs or video footage or other documentation of
the stranded animal sighting to NMFS.
(4) Additional Conditions.
(i) The Holder of the LOA must inform the Director, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, (301-427-8401) or designee prior to the
initiation of any changes to the monitoring plan for a specified
mission activity.
(ii) A copy of the LOA must be in the possession of the safety
officer on duty each day that EGTTR missions are conducted.
(5) The LOA may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if the holder
fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if NMFS
determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.
Sec. 218.66 Letters of Authorization.
(a) To incidentally take marine mammals pursuant to these
regulations, Eglin AFB must apply for and obtain an LOA.
(b) An LOA, unless suspended or revoked, may be effective for a
period of time not to exceed the expiration date of these regulations.
(c) If an LOA expires prior to the expiration date of these
regulations, Eglin AFB must apply for and obtain a renewal of the LOA.
(d) In the event of projected changes to the activity or to
mitigation and monitoring measures required by an LOA, Eglin AFB must
apply for and obtain a modification of the LOA as described in Sec.
218.67.
(e) The LOA will set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental taking;
(2) Number of marine mammals, by species and age class, authorized
to be taken;
(3) Means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact (i.e.,
mitigation) on the species of marine mammals authorized for taking, on
its habitat, and on the availability of the species for subsistence
uses; and
(4) Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
(f) Issuance of an LOA shall be based on a determination that the
level of taking will be consistent with the findings made for the total
taking allowable under these regulations.
(g) Notice of issuance or denial of an LOA will be published in the
Federal Register within 30 days of a determination.
Sec. 218.67 Renewals and Modifications of Letters of Authorization.
(a) An LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 of this chapter and Sec.
218.66 for the activity identified in Sec. 218.60(a) will be renewed
or modified upon request by the applicant, provided that:
(1) The proposed specified activity and mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures, as well as the anticipated impacts, are the same as
those described and analyzed for these regulations (excluding changes
made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in paragraph (c)(1)
of this section); and
(2) NMFS determines that the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
measures required by the previous LOA under these regulations were
implemented.
(b) For an LOA modification or renewal request by the applicant
that includes changes to the activity or the mitigation, monitoring, or
reporting (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management
provision in paragraph (c)(1) of this section) that do not change the
findings made for the regulations or result in no more than a minor
change in the total estimated number of authorized takes (or
distribution by species or years), NMFS may publish a notice of
proposed LOA in the Federal Register, including the associated analysis
illustrating the change, and solicit public comment before issuing the
LOA.
(c) An LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 of this chapter and Sec.
218.66 for the activity identified in Sec. 218.60(a) may be modified
by NMFS under the following circumstances:
(1) Adaptive Management--NMFS may modify (including augment) the
existing mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures (after
consulting with Eglin AFB regarding the practicability of the
modifications) if doing so creates a reasonable likelihood of more
effectively accomplishing the goals of the mitigation and monitoring
set forth in the preamble for these regulations.
(2) Possible sources of data that could contribute to the decision
to modify the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures in an LOA
are:
(i) Results from Eglin AFB's annual monitoring reports;
(ii) Results from other marine mammal and sound research or
studies; or
(iii) Any information that reveals marine mammals may have been
taken in a manner, extent or number not
[[Page 61409]]
authorized by these regulations or subsequent LOAs.
(3) If, through adaptive management, the modifications to the
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures are substantial, NMFS
will publish a notice of proposed LOA in the Federal Register and
solicit public comment.
(4) Emergencies--If NMFS determines that an emergency exists that
poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species or stocks of
marine mammals specified LOAs issued pursuant to Sec. 216.106 of this
chapter and 218.60 of this chapter, an LOA may be modified without
prior notice or opportunity for public comment. Notice would be
published in the Federal Register within 30 days of the action.
Sec. 218.68 [Reserved]
Sec. 218.69 [Reserved]
[FR Doc. 2017-27580 Filed 12-26-17; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P